You are on page 1of 182

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches

Installation Guide
March 2013

Americas Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 527-0883

Text Part Number: OL-13972-02


THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMA TION REGARDING TH E PRODUCT S IN TH IS MA NUAL A RE SUBJECT TO CH ANGE WITHOU T NOT ICE. AL L
STAT EM ENT S, INFORMA TIO N, AND RECOM MEN DATIONS IN THIS MANUA L ARE BEL IE VED T O BE ACCURATE BU T ARE PRESE NTE D WIT HOUT
WA RRAN TY OF AN Y KIN D, E XPRESS OR IMPLIED. USE RS MUST T AKE F ULL RE SPONSIBILITY FOR TH EIR APPL ICAT ION O F ANY PRODUCT S.

THE SOFTWARE L ICEN SE AND L IM ITE D WARRA NTY FO R T HE ACCOMPA NYIN G PRODUCT ARE SET FORT H IN T HE INFORMAT ION PACKET T HAT
SHIPPE D WIT H THE PRO DUCT AND A RE INCORPORAT ED HE REIN BY THIS RE FEREN CE . IF YOU A RE UNABLE TO L OCATE T HE SO FTWARE LICENSE
OR LIMIT ED WARRANT Y, CON TACT Y OUR CISCO REPRESE NTAT IVE FOR A COPY.

The follow ing informati on is for F CC compliance of Class A de vic es: T his equipme nt ha s been teste d and found to comply wi th the limits for a Class A digital de vic e, pursua nt
to part 15 of the FCC rule s. T he se limits are designed to provide rea sonable protection a ga inst harmful interference when the e quipme nt is operate d in a commercial
environment. T hi s e quipment gene rate s, uses, and ca n radi ate ra dio-fre quency ene rgy a nd, if not installe d and used in a ccordance with the instruction manual , may cause
ha rmful int erfere nc e to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a reside ntia l are a is like ly to cause harmful interferenc e, in which case users w ill be requi red
to c orrec t the i nte rfe rence a t the ir own e xpense.

The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment de sc ribed i n this manua l generates and may radiate radio-frequency energy. If it is not
insta lled in ac cordance with Cisco’s insta llation instructions, it may cause interfere nc e with radio and tele vision rece ption. T his e quipment has bee n te st ed a nd found to
comply wi th the limits for a Cla ss B digita l device in accordance wi th the spec ific ations in part 15 of the FCC rules. T he se spe c ifica tions are designed to provide rea sonable
prot ection a gai nst such interfe rence in a re sidentia l install ation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not oc cur in a particular instal lation.

Modifying the equipme nt wi thout Cisc o’s w ritten authorization may re sult in the equipme nt no l onge r complying with FCC requi rements for Class A or Class B digital
de vic es. In t hat e vent, your right to use the equipment ma y be limited by FCC regula tions, and you ma y be re quire d to correct any i nterfe rence to ra dio or tele vision
communica tions at your own expense.

You ca n determine whether your equipment i s c ausing inte rfe rence by turni ng it off. If the int erfere nc e stops, it was probably caused by t he Cisco equipment or one of its
pe riphe ral devices. If the equipment c ause s interfe rence to ra dio or television rece ption, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measure s:

• T urn the tel evision or radio ante nna unti l the interfe rence stops.

• M ove the equipment t o one side or the othe r of the television or radio.

• M ove the equipment farthe r awa y from the tele vision or radio.

• Plug t he e quipment into a n outl et tha t is on a diffe rent circuit from the television or ra dio. (T ha t is, make certain the equipme nt a nd the television or ra dio are on circuits
control led by different circuit breakers or fuses.)

Modificat ions to this product not a uthorize d by Cisco Syste ms, Inc. could void the FCC approva l and negate your a uthority to opera te the product.

The Cisco i mplementation of T CP header compression is an adaptation of a progra m developed by the Unive rsity of Ca lifornia, Berke ley (UCB) as part of U CB’s public
domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Rege nts of the University of California .

NOT WITHST ANDING ANY O THE R WARRANT Y HERE IN, AL L DOCUM ENT F ILE S AND SOFT WARE OF TH ESE SUPP LIE RS ARE PROVID ED “A S IS” WIT H
ALL FAULT S. CISCO AND T HE ABOV E-N AME D SUPPLIERS DISCL AIM ALL WARRANT IE S, EXPRESSE D OR IM PLIE D, IN CL UDING, WITH OUT
LIMIT ATION, TH OSE OF M ERCHANT ABILITY , FITNE SS FOR A PARTICU LAR PURPOSE A ND NONINFRIN GEME NT O R ARISING FROM A COURSE OF
DEA LIN G, USAGE , O R T RA DE PRACTICE.

IN NO E VENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPL IE RS BE L IABLE FOR A NY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSE QUEN TIA L, OR INCID ENT AL DAM AGES, INCL UDING,
WITH OUT LIMIT ATION, LOST PROFIT S OR LOSS OR DAM AGE TO DAT A ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILIT Y T O U SE T HIS MAN UAL, EVE N IF CISCO
OR IT S SU PPLIERS HAVE BE EN AD VISE D OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DA MAGE S.

Cisc o and the Cisco logo are trademarks or re gistered trademarks of Cisco a nd/or its affilia tes in the U.S. and other countries. To vie w a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this
URL: www.ci sc o.com/go/trade ma rks. Third-party tradema rks mentioned a re the property of their respective ow ners. T he use of the w ord pa rtner doe s not imply a partne rship
rel ationship betwe en Cisco and a ny other company. (1110R)

Catalyst 4500 E -Series Switches Inst allation G uide


Copyright © 2007–2013 Cisco Syste ms, Inc. All rights rese rved.
C ON TE N TS

Preface vii
Audience vii

Organization vii
Conventions viii
Statement 1071—Warning Definition ix
Related Documentation xiv
Hardware Documents xv
Software Documentation xv
Cisco IOS Documentation xvi

C H A PT E R 1 Product Overview 1-1


Catalyst 4503-E Switch 1-2

Catalyst 4506-E Switch 1-6


Catalyst 4507R-E Switch 1-10
Catalyst 4510R-E Switch 1-14

Catalyst 4507R+E Switch 1-18


Catalyst 4510R+E Switch 1-22

C H A PT E R 2 Preparing for Installation 2-1


Safety 2-1
Site Requirements 2-2
Temperature 2-3
Airflow 2-3
Humidity 2-4
Altitude 2-5
Dust and Particulates 2-5
Corrosion 2-5
Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference 2-5
Shock and Vibration 2-6
Power Source Interruptions 2-6
System Grounding 2-7
Maintaining Safety with Electricity 2-9
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage 2-10

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 iii
Contents

Power Requirements 2-12


Power Connection Guidelines for AC-Powered Systems 2-12
Power Connection Guidelines for DC-Powered Systems 2-13
Cabling Requirements 2-14
Site Preparation Checklist 2-14

C H AP TER 3 Installing the Switch 3-1


Installation Process 3-2
Rack-Mounting Guidelines 3-2

Unpacking the Switch 3-4


Installing the Switch in a Rack 3-4
Required Installation Tools 3-4
Installing the Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches in a Rack 3-5
Establishing the System Ground Connection 3-7
Required Tools and Parts 3-8
Connecting System Ground 3-8
Completing the Installation Process 3-9
Attaching the Power Cords 3-9
Connecting the Supervisor Engine Console Port 3-10
Connecting the Supervisor Engine Uplink Ports 3-11

C H AP TER 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures 4-1


Removing and Installing the AC-Input Power Supplies 4-2
Required Tools 4-4
Removing an AC-Input Power Supply 4-5
Installing an AC-Input Power Supply 4-7
Removing and Installing the DC-Input Power Supplies 4-8
Required Tools 4-8
Removing a DC-Input Power Supply 4-9
Installing a DC-Input Power Supply 4-12
Removing and Installing the Chassis Fan Tray Assembly 4-14
Required Tools 4-14
Removing the Fan Tray Assembly 4-14
Installing the Fan Tray Assembly 4-15
Verifying the Installation 4-16

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


iv OL-13972-02
Conten ts

Removing and Installing the Backplane Modules 4-16


Verifying the New Modules 4-20
Installing the Remote Power Cycling Feature Control Wires (Optional) 4-20
Required Tools and Components 4-21
Installing the Remote Power-Cycling Control Wires 4-21
Installing the Ferrite Bead 4-22

C H A PT E R 5 Troubleshooting 5-1
System Boot Verification 5-2
Using LEDs to Identify Startup Problems 5-3
System Messages 5-4
Troubleshooting with Software 5-4

Troubleshooting the Power Supply 5-4


System Messages and Power Problems 5-5
Useful CLI Commands 5-6
Power Supply Mixing 5-6
Troubleshooting the Fan Assembly 5-6
System Messages and Fan Problems 5-7
Useful CLI Commands 5-7
Troubleshooting Backplane Modules 5-7
Troubleshooting Switching Modules 5-8
System Messages and Switching Modules 5-9
Useful CLI Commands 5-9
Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines 5-10
System Messages and Supervisor Engines 5-10
Useful CLI Commands 5-12
Standby Supervisor Engine Problems 5-12
Switch Self-reset 5-13
Supervisor Ports Do Not Function 5-13
Packet Loss 5-13

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 v
Contents

Some Problems and Solutions 5-14


Module Not Online 5-14
Interface Problems 5-15
Workstation Is Unable to Log In to the Network 5-15
NIC Compatibility Issues 5-16
Interface Is in Errdisable 5-16
Faulty Supervisor Engine 5-16
Boot Problems 5-17
Contacting the Cisco Technical Assistance Center 5-18

A P PE N D I X A Power Supply Specifications A-1

1000 W AC-Input Power Supply A-2


1000 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications A-3
1000 W Power Supply AC Power Cords A-4
1300 W AC-Input Power Supply A-6
1300 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications A-6
1300 W Power Supply AC Power Cords A-8
1400 W AC-Input Power Supply A-10
1400 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications A-11
1400 W Power Supply AC Power Cords A-13
1400 W DC-Input Power Supply A-15
1400 W DC-Input Power Supply Specifications A-16
1400 W Triple-Input DC-Input Power Supply A-18
1400 W Triple Input DC-Input Power Supply Specifications A-18
1400 W DC Triple-Input Power Supply Operational Modes A-22
2800 W AC-Input Power Supply A-24
2800 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications A-24
2800 W Power Supply AC Power Cords A-27
4200 W AC-Input Power Supply A-28
4200 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications A-28
4200 W Power Supply AC Power Cords A-32
6000 W AC-Input Power Supply A-34
6000 W Power Supply Specifications A-35
6000 W Power Supply AC Power Cords A-38
Remote Power Cycling Feature A-40
Terminal Block A-40
Ferrite Bead A-41
Remote Power-Cycling Operation A-41

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


vi OL-13972-02
Conten ts

9000 W AC-Input Power Supply A-42


9000 W Power Supply Specifications A-43
9000 W Power Supply AC Power Cords A-47
Remote Power Cycling Feature A-49
Terminal Block A-49
Ferrite Bead A-50
Remote Power-Cycling Operation A-50
Environmental Monitoring Feature A-51

Power Redundancy A-51

A PP E N D I X B Repacking a Switch B-1

A PP E N D I X C Initial Configuration for the Switch C-1


Connecting to the Switch C-2

Starting the Terminal-Emulation Software C-2


Connecting to a Power Source C-2
Entering the Initial Configuration Information C-3
IP Settings C-3
Performing the Initial Configuration C-3

I ND EX

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 vii
Contents

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


viii OL-13972-02
Preface

This preface d escrib es the aud ience, organ ization, and conventions of th e Catalyst 4500 E-Series
Switches In stallation Gu ide and provides in formatio n on how to obtain related documentation an d
technical assistance.

Audience
This guide is inten ded for technician s who will install a Catalys t 4500 E-series switch in a wiring closet
rack. Only trained and qu alified service p ersonnel (as defined in IEC 6095 0 and AS/NZS326 0) shou ld
install, replace, or serv ice th e equipment.

Organization
This pub lication is organized as follows:

Ch apter Title Description


Chap ter 1 Produ ct Overview Lists and describes th e hard ware features, components,
interfaces, and specifications of th e Catalyst 4500
E-series switches. The ch apter also contains illu strations
of th e chass is.
Chap ter 2 Preparing for Installation Describes how to p repare yo ur site for the installation of
the s witch.
Chap ter 3 Ins talling the Switch Describes how to install the Catalyst 450 0 E-s eries
switches in an equipment rack.
Chap ter 4 Removal and Describes how to remove and rep lace field-replaceable
Replacement Procedures units (FRUs) such as power su pplies and fan trays.
Chap ter 5 Trou bles hooting Provid es troubleshootin g guidelines for the initial
hard ware in stallation an d suggests step s to h elp isolate
and resolve p rob lems.
App end ix A Power Su pply Provid es illustratio ns and sp ecificatio n tables for the
Specificatio ns available Catalyst 45 00 E-s eries switch AC-in put an d
DC-input power s upplies. Illustrations and specification
tables are also provided fo r the su pported AC power
cord s.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 vii
Pre face
Conventions

Chapter Title Description


Appendix B Repack ing a Switch Provides instru ction s for repacking yo ur Catalyst 45 00
E-series switch in the even t th at you need to move the
chassis or h ave to retu rn it to the factory.
Appendix C Initial Con figuratio n for Provides a very minimal con figuratio n p rocess. For full
th e Switch con figuratio n o f features an d interfaces, refer to the
software config uration gu id e for you r software release.

Conventions
This documen t u ses the following co nvention s:

Convention Descriptio n
boldface font Commands, comman d o ptions, and keywo rds are in boldface.
ita lic font Argu ments for wh ich yo u s upply values are in italics .
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optional.
{x|y|z} Alternative key words are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars.
[ x| y | z] Optional altern ative keywo rds are gro uped in b rackets an d separated by
vertical b ars.
string A nonq uoted set o f characters. Do not us e qu otation marks arou nd the strin g
o r the string will include the quo tation mark s.
screen font Terminal sessio ns and in formatio n th e system displays are in screen font.
boldface screen Information you mus t enter is in boldface screen font.
font
ita lic screen font Argu ments for wh ich yo u s upply values are in italic screen font.
^ The symb ol ^ represen ts the key labeled Con trol. For example, the key
combin ation ^D in a screen d isplay means hold down the Con trol key while
y ou press the D key.
< > Nonprinting characters, such as password s, are in angle brackets .

Notes u se the following conventions :

Note Means reader take note. Notes contain helpfu l su ggestions or references to material not covered in the
p ublication .

Cautions use the followin g conventions:

Caution Means reader be careful. In this situatio n, yo u mig ht d o someth ing that could resu lt in equipment
d amage o r loss of data.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


viii OL-13972-02
Preface
Con ventions

Warnings use the following conventions:

Statement 1071—Warning Definition

Warning IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you
work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with el ectrical circuitry and be famili ar
with standard practices for preventing accidents. Use the statement number provi ded at the end of
each warning to locate its translation in t he transl ated safety warnings that accompanied this
device. Statement 1071

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

Waar schuwing BELANGRIJKE VEILIGHEIDSINSTRUCTIES

Dit waarschuwingssymbool bet ekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan
veroorz aken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij
elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van de standaard
praktijken om ongelukken te voorkomen. Gebruik het nummer van de verklaring onderaan de
waarschuwing als u een vertaling van de waarschuwing die bij het apparaat wordt geleverd, wilt
raadplegen.

BEWAAR DEZE INSTRUCTIES

Varoitus TÄRKEITÄ TURVALLISUUSOHJEITA

Tämä varoitusmerkki merkit see vaaraa. Til anne voi aiheuttaa ruumiillisi a vammoja. Ennen kuin
käsittelet laitteistoa, huomioi sähköpiirien käsittelemiseen liittyvät riskit ja tutustu
onnettomuuksien yleisiin ehkäisytapoihin. Turvallisuusvaroitusten käännökset löytyvät lai tteen
mukana toimitettujen käännettyjen turvallisuusvaroitusten joukosta varoitusten lopussa näkyvien
lausuntonumeroiden avulla.

SÄILYTÄ NÄMÄ OHJEET

Attention IMPORTANTES INFORMATIONS DE SÉCURITÉ

Ce symbole d'averti ssement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans une si tuation pouvant
entraîner des blessures ou des dommages corporels. Avant de travail ler sur un équipement , soyez
consci ent des dangers l iés aux circuits électriques et familiarisez -vous avec les procédures
couramment utilisées pour éviter les accidents. Pour prendre connai ssance des traductions des
avertissements figurant dans les consignes de sécurité traduites qui accompagnent cet appareil,
référez-vous au numéro de l'i nstruction situé à l a fin de chaque avertissement.

CONSERVEZ CES INFORMATIONS

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 ix
Pre face
Conventions

Warnung WICHTIGE SICHERHEITSHI NWEISE

Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, di e zu Verlet zungen führen
kann. Machen Sie sich vor der Arbeit mit Geräten mit den Gefahren elektri scher Schaltungen und
den üblichen Verfahren zur Vorbeugung vor Unfällen vertraut. Suchen Sie mit der am Ende jeder
Warnung angegebenen Anweisungsnummer nach der jeweiligen Übersetzung i n den übersetzten
Sicherheitshinweisen, die zusammen mit diesem Gerät ausgeliefert wurden.

BEWAHREN SIE DIESE HI NWEISE GUT AUF.

Avvertenza IMPORTANTI ISTRUZIONI SULLA SICUREZZA

Questo simbol o di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle
persone. Prima di intervenire su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre essere al corrente dei pericoli
relat ivi ai circuiti elettrici e conoscere le procedure st andard per la prevenzione di incidenti.
Utilizzare il numero di istruzione present e alla fi ne di ciascuna avvertenz a per i ndividuare le
traduzioni delle avvertenze riportate i n questo documento.

CONSERVARE QUESTE ISTRUZIONI

Advar sel VIKTIGE SIKKERHETSINSTRUKSJONER

Dette advarselssymbolet bet yr fare. Du er i en situasjon som kan føre til skade på person. Før du
begynner å arbeide med noe av ut styret, må du være oppmerksom på farene forbundet med
elektriske kretser, og kjenne til standardprosedyrer for å forhindre ulykker. Bruk nummeret i slutten
av hver advarsel for å finne oversettelsen i de oversatte sikkerhetsadvarslene som fulgte med denne
enheten.

TA VARE PÅ DISSE INSTRUKSJONENE

Av iso INSTRUÇÕES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURANÇA

Este símbolo de aviso significa perigo. Você está em uma sit uação que poderá ser causadora de
lesões corporais. Antes de iniciar a utilização de qualquer equipamento, tenha conhecimento dos
perigos envolvidos no manuseio de circuitos elétricos e familiarize-se com as práticas habit uais de
prevenção de acidentes. Utilize o número da instrução fornecido ao f inal de cada aviso para
localizar sua tradução nos avisos de segurança traduz idos que acompanham este dispositivo.

GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUÇÕES

¡Adv ertencia! INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD

Este símbolo de aviso indica peli gro. Existe riesgo para su integridad físi ca. Antes de manipular
cualquier equipo, considere los riesgos de la corriente eléctrica y fami liarí cese con los
procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes. Al f inal de cada advertencia encontrará el
número que le ayudará a encontrar el texto traducido en el apartado de traducciones que acompaña
a este dispositivo.

GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


x OL-13972-02
Preface
Con ventions

Varning! VIKTIGA SÄKERHETSANVISNINGAR

Denna varningssignal signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan leda till personskada.
Innan du utför arbet e på någon utrustning måste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och
känna till vanl iga förfaranden för att förebygga olyckor. Använd det nummer som finns i slutet av
varje varning för att hitta dess översättning i de översatta säkerhetsvarningar som medf öljer denna
anordning.

SPARA DESSA ANVISNINGAR

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 xi
Pre face
Conventions

Av iso INSTRUÇÕES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURANÇA

Este símbolo de aviso significa perigo. Você se encontra em uma situação em que há ri sco de lesões
corporais. Antes de trabalhar com qualquer equipamento, esteja ciente dos riscos que envolvem os
circuitos elétricos e familiarize-se com as práticas padrão de prevenção de acidentes. Use o
número da declaração fornecido ao final de cada aviso para localizar sua tradução nos avisos de
segurança traduz idos que acompanham o dispositivo.

GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUÇÕES

Advar sel VIGTIGE SIKKERHEDSANVISNINGER

Dette advarselssymbol betyder fare. Du befi nder dig i en situat ion med risi ko for
legemesbeskadigelse. Før du begynder arbejde på udstyr, skal du være opmærksom på de
involverede risici, der er ved elektriske kredsløb, og du skal sætte di g ind i standardprocedurer til
undgåelse af ul ykker. Brug erklæringsnummeret efter hver advarsel for at finde oversættelsen i de
oversatte advarsler, der fulgte med denne enhed.

GEM DISSE ANVISNINGER

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


xii OL-13972-02
Preface
Con ventions

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 xiii
Pre face
Related Documentation

Related Documentation
Althoug h th eir release no tes are unique, th e Catalyst 450 0, Catalys t 49 00, Cataly st M E 4900, an d
Cataly st 4 900M platforms use th e same software con figuratio n guide, command reference gu ide, and
sy stem messag e guid e. Refer to th e fo llowing home pages for additional info rmation:
• Cataly st 4 500 Series Switch Documentation Home
h ttp://www.cisco.com/go/cat4500/d ocs
• Cataly st 4 900 Series Switch Documentation Home
h ttp://www.cisco.com/go/cat4900/d ocs
• Cisco ME 4900 Series Ethern et Switches Documen tation Home
h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps70 09/tsd_p rod ucts_ suppo rt_series_h ome.html

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


xiv OL-13972-02
Preface
Related Do cumentation

Hardware Documents
Ins tallation gu ides and notes including specifications and relevant safety information are available at the
following URLs :
• Catalyst 4 500 Series Switches Installatio n Guide
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/d ocs/s witches/lan/catalyst4 500/hard ware/installation /guide/78-14409
-08 /4500in st.h tml
• Catalyst 4 500 E-ser ies Switch es Installation Guide
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/d ocs/s witches/lan/catalyst4 500/hard ware/catalyst4500 e/ins tallation/g
uide/Eseries.html
• Catalyst 4 500 Series Module Insta llation Guid e
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/d ocs/s witches/lan/catalyst4 500/hard ware/module/guide/mod_ inst.ht
ml
• Regu latory Co mpliance a nd Safety Informa tion for the Catalyst 4500 S eries Switches
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/d ocs/s witches/lan/catalyst4 500/hard ware/regulatory /co mp liance/78_
1323 3.h tml
• Ins tallation notes for specific superv isor engines or for accessory h ardware
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/h w/switches/ps43 24/prod_ins tallation_gu ides_list.html
• Catalyst 4900 and Catalyst 490 0M hardware installatio n information is available at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/p s6021/p rod_ installation_guides_list.html
• Cisco ME 4 900 Series Eth ernet Switches installation information
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/p s7009/p rod_ installation_guides_list.html

Software Documentation
Software releas e notes, configuration g uides, comman d references , and system message g uides are
availab le at the following URLs:
• Catalyst 4500 Series release n otes
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/h w/switches/ps43 24/prod_release_ notes_list.html
• Catalyst 4948 Series and Cataly st 4 948E release notes
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/p s6021/p rod_ release_notes_list.html
• Cisco ME 4 900 Series Eth ernet Switch release notes
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/d ocs/s witches/lan/catalyst4 500/release/no te/OL_11 511.html

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 xv
Pre face
Related Documentation

Software documen ts for th e Catalyst 450 0 Classic, Catalyst 45 00 E-Series, Catalyst 4900, an d
Cisco ME 4900 Series Ethern et Switches
• Cata lyst 450 0 S eries Software Con figu ration Guid e
h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches /ps4324 /prod ucts _installation _an d_config urati
o n_guid es_list.html
• Cata lyst 450 0 S eries Software Comman d Referen ce
h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches /ps4324 /prod _command _referen ce_list.html
• Cata lyst 450 0 S eries Software System Message Guid e
h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches /ps4324 /prod ucts _system_messag e_g uides_list
.html

Cisco IOS Documentation


Platform-in dep end en t Cis co IOS d ocu mentation may also apply to the Catalyst 4500 and 4900 switches .
Thes e documents are available at the following URLs:
• Cisco IOS configuration gu ides, Release 12.x
h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps63 50/products_installation_and_configuration _guides_lis
t.html
• Cisco IOS command references, Release 1 2.x
h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps63 50/prod_command_reference_lis t.html
Command Lo okup Tool
h ttp://tools.cisco.com/Support/CLILooku p/cltSearchAction.do
• Cisco IOS sys tem mes sag es, version 12.x
h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps63 50/products_sys tem_message_guides_list.html
Error Message Decoder too l
h ttp://www.cisco.com/pcgi-b in/Support/Errordeco der/index.cg i
• MIB information
h ttp://www.cisco.com/pub lic/sw-cen ter/netmgmt/cmtk/mib s.sh tml

Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request


For in formatio n o n obtaining documentatio n, su bmitting a service request, and gathering additional
in formatio n, see th e mo nthly What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and
revis ed Cisco technical documentation:
h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsn ew.h tml
Subscribe to the What’s New in Cisco Prod uct Docu mentation as an RSS feed and set content to be
delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds are a free service. Cisco currently
supports RSS Version 2 .0 .

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


xvi OL-13972-02
CH AP T E R 1
Product Overview

Revis ed: March 2 013

This chap ter describes the Catalyst 4500 E-series switches and contains these sectio ns:
• Catalyst 4503 -E Switch, p ag e 1-2
• Catalyst 4506 -E Switch, p ag e 1-6
• Catalyst 4507 R-E Switch, p age 1-1 0
• Catalyst 4510 R-E Switch, p age 1-1 4
• Catalyst 4507 R+E Switch , page 1-18
• Catalyst 4510 R+E Switch , page 1-22

Note The Catalyst 4500 series switches are described in a separate pub lication.

Tip Fo r ad ditional in formatio n abo ut th e Cisco Catalyst 4 500 E-series s witches (including config uration
examples and troublesho oting information), see the documents lis ted on this page:

http://preview.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps432 4/tsd_produ cts_s upport_series_ho me.html

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-1
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4503-E Switch

Catalyst 4503-E Switch


The Catalyst 450 3-E switch is a 3-slot horizon tal chassis suppo rting redu ndant power su pplies, a single
su pervisor engine, an d slots for up to two modules. Figure 1-1 shows a fro nt view of the Catalyst 4503-E
switch with the chassis major featu res id entified .

Figure 1-1 Catalyst 4503-E Switch Chassis (Front View)

REMOVE
LABEL
SYSTEM FOR
GROUND

3 4503
Minimum
Cat4500
Version: Software Requirement
IOS: 12.2(37)SG

2
231362

1 Fan tray assembly 3 Sup ervisor engin e (s lo t 1 )


2 Switching mo dules (slots 2 an d 3) 4 Redundant power su pplies

Tab le 1-1 des cribes the features of the Catalyst 4503 -E switch chassis.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-2 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4503-E Switch

Table 1-1 Catalyst 4503-E Switch Features

Feature Description
Chassis Th ree ho rizontal slo ts. Slots are n umbered from 1 (top) to 3 (bottom).
Superv isor engines • Suppo rts the following supervis or engines:
– Superv isor En gine 7 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 7 -E
– Superv isor En gine 6 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 6 -E
– Superv isor En gine V-1 0GE
– Superv isor En gine V
– Superv isor En gine IV
– Superv isor En gine II-Plus-10GE
– Superv isor En gine II-Plus-TS
– Superv isor En gine II-Plus
Note Refer to y our software release notes for th e minimum software
release versions required to su pport th e supervisor engines.

• Superv isor engines must be ins talled in s lot 1 .


• Superv isor engine redund ancy is not suppo rted in th is chassis.
Note Ch eck y our software release notes for any restrictions on the type of
module th at can be installed.
Mod ules • Suppo rts up to two Catalys t 45 00 series mo dules.
• Some Catalyst 4 500 series modules may:
– Not b e supp orted
– Require that y ou install a specific superv isor engine model
– Have chassis slot restrictions
– Require a sp ecific so ftware releas e level to o perate
Note Ch eck your software release notes fo r specific supp ort information.
Backp lane 48 Gbps fu ll du plex per slot (96 Gbp s)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-3
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4503-E Switch

Table 1-1 Catalyst 4503-E Switch Features (continued)

Feature Description
Fan tray • The chassis suppo rts one ho t-swapp able fan tray. One fan tray model is
availab le:
– WS-X459 3-E
• The fan tray con tains six ind ivid ual fans. The individual fans are no t
field replaceab le; you must rep lace the fan tray in th e event of a fan
failure.
• Air is drawn in o n the right side of the chassis and exhausted on the left
side o f the chassis.
• Fan tray STATUS LED (located on the fan tray fro nt p an el)
– Red— One or more individ ual fans have failed.
– Green—Fan tray is o peratin g normally.
Power supply • Supports one o r two power su pplies. Th e fo llowing power s upplies are
suppo rted:
– 1000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 000AC)
– 1400 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 400AC)
– 1300 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 300ACV)
– 2800 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-2 800ACV)
– 4200 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-4 200ACV)
– 6000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-6 000ACV)
– 9000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-9 000ACV)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply, triple-in put (PWR-C45-1400 DC)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply with integrated PEM
(PWR-C45-1400 DC-P)
– External AC power shelf (WS-P4502-1PSU)
• All Catalyst 4500 series AC-in put power sup plies req uire single-ph ase
source AC.
• Source AC can be out of ph ase between multiple power sup plies or
multiple AC-power plu gs on the same power supply becaus e all AC
power sup ply inputs are isolated.
• Sin gle power supplies are installed in th e left power sup ply bay. The
secon d p ower supp ly is installed in th e rig ht p ower supp ly b ay.
Note For proper op eratio n o f the p ower supply OUTPUT FAIL LED,
sys tems with sing le power su pplies mu st b e configu red with a
minimum of one fan tray and one superv isor engine. Systems with
du al power sup plies must have a minimum config uration of on e fan
tray, on e supervisor engin e, and on e additional module. Failu re to
meet these minimu m configuration req uirements can cause a false
power supply ou tput fail sig nal.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-4 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4503-E Switch

Table 1 -2 lists the enviro nmen tal and physical sp ecificatio ns of the Catalyst 4503-E switch.

Table 1-2 Catalyst 4503-E Switch Specifications

Item Specification
Temp eratu re, ambient • Operating: 32° to 104°F (0 ° to 40° C)
• Nonoperating and storag e: –40 to 167 °F (–40 to 75°C)
Humidity (RH), ambient • Operating: 10% to 90%
(noncondensin g) • Nonoperating and storag e: 5% to 95 %
Altitu de, –1 96 to 6561 ft (–60 to 2000 m)
op eratin g and no noperating
Sound p ressure level • One PS: 63 .6 dBA at low s peed and 62.3 dBA at fu ll speed
• Two PS: 65 dBA at low sp eed an d 65.4 dBA at full speed
Dimensio ns (H x W x D) and • 12 .25 x 17 .3 1 x 1 2.5 0 in . (31.12 x 43.97 x 31.70 cm)
rack units (RU) • 7 RU
Weight • 32 .25 lb s (14.63 kg) minimum weight
• 75 lbs (34 kg) maximum weigh t
Airflow • Chassis fan tray: Right to left
• Power sup ply fan: Front to back

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-5
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4506-E Switch

Catalyst 4506-E Switch


The Catalys t 45 06-E switch is a 6-slo t h orizontal chassis supp ortin g redundant power su pplies,
redundant superv isor engines, and slots for up to five modules. Figure 1-2 shows a front view o f the
Cataly st 4 506-E switch with the chassis major features identified.

Figure 1-2 Catalyst 4506-E Switch (Front View)

REMOVE
LABEL
SYSTEM FOR
GROUND

Minimum
Cat4500
Version: Software Requirement

3
IOS: 12.2(37)SG

4506

2
231363

1 Fan tray assembly 3 Sup ervisor engin e (s lo t 1 )


2 Switching mo dules (slots 2 to 6) 4 Power su pplies

Tab le 1-3 des cribes the features of the Catalyst 4506 -E switch chassis.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-6 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4506-E Switch

Table 1-3 Catalyst 4506-E Switch Features

Feature Description
Chassis Six horizo ntal slots. Slo ts are numbered from 1 (top) to 6 (b ottom).
Superv isor engines • Suppo rts the following supervis or engines:
– Superv isor En gine 7 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 7 -E
– Superv isor En gine 6 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 6 -E
– Superv isor En gine V-1 0GE
– Superv isor En gine V
– Superv isor En gine IV
– Superv isor En gine II-Plus-10GE
– Superv isor En gine II-Plus
Note Refer to y our software release notes for th e minimum software
release versions required to su pport th e supervisor engines.

• Superv isor engines must be ins talled in s lot 1 .


• Superv isor engine redund ancy is not suppo rted in th is chassis.
Mod ules • Suppo rts up to five Cataly st 4 500 series modules.
• Some Catalyst 4 500 series modules may:
– Not b e supp orted
– Require that y ou install a specific superv isor engine
– Have chassis slot restrictions
– Require a sp ecific so ftware releas e level to o perate
• Check y our software release notes for sp ecific support info rmation.
Backp lane 48 Gbps fu ll du plex per slot (240 Gb ps)
Fan tray • Th e chassis suppo rts a single hot-swappable fan tray. One fan tray mod el
is available:
– WS-X4 596-E
• Th e fan tray contains fou r individual fans. The ind iv idual fan s are not
field replaceable; y ou must replace the fan tray in the even t o f a fan
failure.
• Air is drawn in on the rig ht side of the chass is and exhausted on th e left
side of the ch assis.
• Fan tray STATUS LED (located on the fan tray front panel)
– Red—On e or mo re in dividual fans h ave failed.
– Green —Fan tray is operating normally.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-7
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4506-E Switch

Table 1-3 Catalyst 4506-E Switch Features (continued)

Feature Description
Power supply • Supports one o r two power su pplies. Th e fo llowing power s upplies are
suppo rted:
– 1000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 000AC)
– 1400 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 400AC)
– 1300 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 300ACV)
– 2800 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-2 800ACV)
– 4200 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-4 200ACV)
– 6000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-6 000ACV)
– 9000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-9 000ACV)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply, triple-in put (PWR-C45-1400 DC)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply with integrated PEM
(PWR-C45-1400 DC-P)
– External AC power shelf (WS-P4502-1PSU)
• All Catalyst 4500 series AC-in put power sup plies req uire single-ph ase
source AC.
• Source AC can be out of ph ase between multiple power sup plies or
multiple AC-power plu gs on the same power supply becaus e all AC
power sup ply inputs are isolated.
• Sin gle power supplies are installed in th e left power sup ply bay. The
secon d p ower supp ly is installed in th e rig ht p ower supp ly b ay.
Note For proper op eratio n o f the p ower supply OUTPUT FAIL LED,
sys tems with sing le power su pplies mu st b e configu red with a
minimum of one fan tray and one superv isor engine. Systems with
du al power sup plies must have a minimum config uration of on e fan
tray, on e supervisor engin e, and on e additional module. Failu re to
meet these minimu m configuration req uirements can cause a false
power supply ou tput fail sig nal.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-8 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4506-E Switch

Table 1 -4 lists the enviro nmen tal and physical sp ecificatio ns of the Catalyst 4506-E switch.

Table 1-4 Catalyst 4506-E Switch Specifications

Item Specification
Temp eratu re, ambient • Operating: 32° to 104°F (0 ° to 40° C)
• Nonoperating and storag e: –40 ° to 167 °F (–40° to 75° C)
Humidity (RH), ambient • Operating: 10% to 90%
(noncondensin g) • Nonoperating and storag e: 5% to 95 %
Altitu de, –1 96 to 6561 ft (–60 to 2000 m)
op eratin g and no noperating
Sound p ressure level • One PS: 60 .8 dBA at low s peed and 62.1 dBA at fu ll speed
• Two PS: 65 dBA at low sp eed an d 65.6 dBA at full speed
Dimensio ns (H x W x D) and • 17 .38 x 17 .3 1 x 1 2.5 0 in . (44.13 x 43.97 x 31.70 cm)
rack units (RU) • 10 RU
Weight • 40 .50 lb s (18.37 kg) minimum weight
• 10 0 lb s (45.4 kg) maximu m weigh t
Airflow • Chassis fan tray: Right to left
• Power sup ply fan: Front to back
Note We recommen d th at you maintain a minimum air space of 6 inches
(16 cm) between walls and the chassis air vents and a minimu m
horizontal s eparation of 12 inches (30.5 cm) b etween two chassis to
preven t overh eating.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-9
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4507R-E Switch

Catalyst 4507R-E Switch


The Catalys t 45 07R-E s witch is a 7-slo t ho rizontal chassis supp orting red undant power sup plies ,
redundant superv isor engines, and slots for up to six modu les. Figure 1-3 sh ows a fron t view of th e
Cataly st 4 507R-E switch with the chassis majo r features identified.

Figure 1-3 Catalyst 4507R-E Switch (Front View)

REMOVE
LABEL
SYSTEM FOR
GROUND

Minimum
Cat4500
Version: Software Requirement
IOS: 12.2(37)SG

4506

2
231952

1 Fan tray 3 Sup ervisor engin es (primary in slot 3 and


secondary in slo t 4)
2 Switching mo dules (slots 1, 2, 5, 6, 7) 4 Power su pplies

Tab le 1-5 des cribes the features of the Catalyst 4507 R-E switch.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-10 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4507R-E Switch

Table 1-5 Catalyst 4507R-E Switch Features

Feature Description
Chassis Seven horizo ntal slots. Slots are numb ered fro m 1 (top) to 7 (bottom).
Superv isor engines • Suppo rts the following supervis or engines:
– Superv isor En gine 7 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 7 -E
– Superv isor En gine 6 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 6 -E
– Superv isor En gine V-1 0GE
– Superv isor En gine V
– Superv isor En gine IV
– Superv isor En gine II-Plus-10GE
– Superv isor En gine II-Plus
Note Refer to y our software release notes for th e minimum software
release versions required to su pport th e supervisor engines.

• Superv isor engines must be ins talled in s lot 3 and in slot 4.


• Superv isor engine redund ancy is suppo rted in th is chassis.
Note The Cataly st 4 507R-E switch suppo rts 1+1 superv isor-en gine
redund ancy for integrated resiliency. Redun dan t su pervisor eng ines
help minimize n etwo rk downtime. With the su pport o f stateful
switchover (SSO), the second ary superv isor engine serves as a
backup to immediately take over after a p rimary sup ervisor failure.
During the switch over, Layer 2 links are maintained transparently
withou t the need to renegotiate sessions.
Mod ules • Suppo rts up to six Catalyst 450 0 s eries modu les.
• Some Catalyst 4 500 series modules may:
– Not b e supp orted
– Require that y ou install a specific superv isor engine
– Have chassis slot restrictions
– Require a sp ecific so ftware releas e level to o perate
• Check y our software release notes for sp ecific support info rmation.
Backp lane 24 Gbps fu ll du plex per slot (240 Gb ps).

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-11
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4507R-E Switch

Table 1-5 Catalyst 4507R-E Switch Features (continued)

Feature Description
Fan tray • The ch assis su pports a sin gle ho t-swapp able fan tray. One fan tray model
is available:
– WS-X459 7-E
Note Th e Catalyst 450 7R-E switch and th e Catalyst 450 7R+E switch us e
the same fan tray.

• The fan tray con tains eight individu al fans. The in dividual fans are not
field replaceab le; you must rep lace the fan tray in th e event of a fan
failure.
• Air is drawn in o n the right side of the chassis and exhausted on the left
side o f the chassis.
• Fan tray STATUS LED (located on the fan tray fro nt p an el)
– Red— One or more individ ual fans have failed.
– Green—Fan tray is o peratin g normally.
Power supply • Supports one o r two power su pplies. Th e fo llowing power s upplies are
suppo rted:
– 1000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 000AC)
– 1400 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 400AC)
– 1300 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 300ACV)
– 2800 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-2 800ACV)
– 4200 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-4 200ACV)
– 6000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-6 000ACV)
– 9000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-9 000ACV)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply, triple-in put (PWR-C45-1400 DC)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply with integrated PEM
(PWR-C45-1400 DC-P)
– External AC power shelf (WS-P4502-1PSU)
• All Catalyst 4500 series AC-in put power sup plies req uire single-ph ase
source AC.
• Source AC can be out of ph ase between multiple power sup plies or
multiple AC-power plu gs on the same power supply becaus e all AC
power sup ply inputs are isolated.
• Sin gle power supplies are installed in th e left power sup ply bay. The
secon d p ower supp ly is installed in th e rig ht p ower supp ly b ay.
Note For proper op eratio n o f the p ower supply OUTPUT FAIL LED,
sys tems with sing le power su pplies mu st b e configu red with a
minimum of one fan tray and one superv isor engine. Systems with
du al power sup plies must have a minimum config uration of on e fan
tray, on e supervisor engin e, and on e additional module. Failu re to
meet these minimu m configuration req uirements can cause a false
power supply ou tput fail sig nal.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-12 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4507R-E Switch

Table 1 -6 lists the enviro nmen tal and physical sp ecificatio ns of the Catalyst 4507R-E switch.

Table 1-6 Catalyst 4507R-E Switch Specifications

Item Specification
Temp eratu re, ambient • Operating: 32° to 104°F (0 ° to 40° C)
• Nonoperating and storag e: –40 ° to 167 °F (–40° to 75° C)
Humidity (RH), ambient • Operating: 10% to 90%
(noncondensin g) • Nonoperating and storag e: 5% to 95 %
Altitu de, –1 96 to 6561 ft (–60 to 2000 m)
op eratin g and no noperating
Sound p ressure level • One PS: 63 .6 dBA at low s peed and 68.3 dBA at fu ll speed
• Two PS: 65.4 dBA at low sp eed an d 6 8.4 d BA at full speed
Dimensio ns (H x W x D) and • 19 .1 9 x 17 .3 1 x 1 2.5 0 in . (48.74 x 43.97 x 31.70 cm)
rack units (RU) • 1 1 RU
Weight • 44 .5 lbs (20.19 kg) min imum weig ht
• 10 0 lb s (45.4 kg) maximu m weigh t
Airflow Chassis fan tray: Right to left
Power sup ply fan: Front to back
Note We recommen d th at you maintain a minimum air space of 6 inches
(16 cm) between walls and the chassis air vents and a minimu m
horizontal s eparation of 12 inches (30.5 cm) b etween two chassis to
preven t overh eating.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-13
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4510R-E Switch

Catalyst 4510R-E Switch


The Catalys t 45 10R-E s witch is a 10-s lot h orizontal chassis sup portin g redundant power su pplies,
redundant superv isor engines, and slots for up to nin e modules. Figure 1-4 shows a front view of the
Cataly st 4 510R-E switch with the chassis majo r features identified.

Figure 1-4 Catalyst 4510R-E Switch Chassis (Front View)

REMOVE
LABEL
SYSTEM FOR
GROUND

Minimum
Cat4500
Version: Software Requirement
IOS: 12.2(37)SG

4506

2 STATUS

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9
10
11 12
13 14 10/100BASE-TX
15 16 ETHERNET

17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26
27 28
STATUS 29 30 MULTI-SPEED
31 GIGABIT
32 SWITCHING
ETHERNET
MODULE
1 33 34
2 3 35
4 36 37
5 6 38
7 39 40
8 9 41
10 42
11 43 44
12 45
13 14 46
15 10/100BASE-TX 47 48
16 ETHERNET

17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26
231953

27 28
29 30 MULTI-SPEED
31 GIGABIT
32 SWITCHING
ETHERNET
MODULE
33 34 35 36 37 38
39 40 41 42
43 44
45 46
47 48

1 Fan tray assembly 3 Sup ervisor engin es (primary in slot 5 and


secondary in slo t 6)
2 Switching mo dules (slots 1–4 and 7–1 0) 4 Power su pplies

Tab le 1-7 des cribes the features of the Catalyst 4510 R-E switch.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-14 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4510R-E Switch

Table 1-7 Catalyst 4510R-E Switch Features

Feature Description
Chassis Ten ho rizontal slots. Slots are n umbered from 1 (top) to 10 (bo ttom).
Superv isor engines • Suppo rts the following supervis or engines:
– Superv isor En gine 7 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 7 -E
– Superv isor En gine 6 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 6 -E
– Superv isor En gine V-1 0GE
– Superv isor En gine V
Note Refer to y our software release notes for th e minimum software
release versions required to su pport th e supervisor engines.

• Superv isor engines must be ins talled in s lot 3 o r in slot 4.


• Superv isor engine redund ancy is suppo rted in th is chassis.
Note The Cataly st 4 510R-E switch suppo rts 1+1 superv isor-en gine
redund ancy for integ rated resiliency. With the su pport o f stateful
switchover (SSO), the second ary superv isor engine serves as a
backup to immediately take over after a p rimary sup ervisor failure.
During the switch over, Layer 2 links are maintained transparently
withou t the need to renegotiate sessions.
Mod ules • Suppo rts up to nine Catalyst 4500 series modules.
• Some Catalyst 4 500 series modules may:
– Not b e supp orted
– Require that y ou install a specific superv isor engine
– Have chassis slot restrictions
– Require a sp ecific so ftware releas e level to o perate
• Check y our software release notes for sp ecific support info rmation.
Backp lane 24 Gbps fu ll du plex per slot on five slots, p lus 12 Gbps full duplex per slot
on three slots (2 76 Gbp s) with Superv isor En gine 6 -E

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-15
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4510R-E Switch

Table 1-7 Catalyst 4510R-E Switch Features (continued)

Feature Description
Fan tray • The chassis suppo rts one ho t-swapp able fan tray. One fan tray model is
availab le:
– WS-X458 2-E (located on the fan tray front pan el)
Note Th e Catalyst 451 0R-E and the Catalyst 4510R+E switches use th e
same fan tray.

• The fan tray con tains ten individual fans. The ind iv idual fan s are not
field replaceab le; you must rep lace the fan tray in th e event of a fan
failure.
• Air is drawn in o n the right side of the chassis and exhausted on the left
side o f the chassis.
• Fan tray STATUS LED (located on the fan tray fro nt p an el)
– Red— One or more individ ual fans have failed.
– Green—Fan tray is o peratin g normally.
Power supply • Supports one o r two power su pplies. Th e fo llowing power s upplies are
suppo rted:
– 1000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 000AC)
– 1400 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 400AC)
– 1300 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 300ACV)
– 2800 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-2 800ACV)
– 4200 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-4 200ACV)
– 6000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-6 000ACV)
– 9000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-9 000ACV)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply, triple-in put (PWR-C45-1400 DC)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply with integrated PEM
(PWR-C45-1400 DC-P)
– External AC power shelf (WS-P4502-1PSU)
• All Catalyst 4500 series AC-in put power sup plies req uire single-ph ase
source AC.
• Source AC can be out of ph ase between multiple power sup plies or
multiple AC-power plu gs on the same power supply becaus e all AC
power sup ply inputs are isolated.
• Sin gle power supplies are installed in th e left power sup ply bay. The
secon d p ower supp ly is installed in th e rig ht p ower supp ly b ay.
Note For proper op eratio n o f the p ower supply OUTPUT FAIL LED,
sys tems with sing le power su pplies mu st b e configu red with a
minimum of one fan tray and one superv isor engine. Systems with
du al power sup plies must have a minimum config uration of on e fan
tray, on e supervisor engin e, and on e additional module. Failu re to
meet these minimu m configuration req uirements can cause a false
power supply ou tput fail sig nal.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-16 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4510R-E Switch

Table 1 -8 lists the enviro nmen tal and physical sp ecificatio ns of the Catalyst 4510R-E switch.

Table 1-8 Catalyst 4510R-E Switch Specifications

Item Specification
Temp eratu re, ambient • Operating: 32° to 104°F (0 ° to 40° C)
• Nonoperating and storag e: –40 ° to 167 °F (–40° to 75° C)
Humidity (RH), ambient • Operating: 10% to 90%
(noncondensin g) • Nonoperating and storag e: 5% to 95 %
Altitu de, operating –1 96 to 6561 ft (–60 to 2000 m)
Sound p ressure level • One PS—63.6 dBA at low speed and 68 .3 dBA at full speed
• Two PS— 65.4 dBA at low speed and 68.4 dBA at full s peed
Dimensio ns (H x W x D) and • 24 .35 x 17 .3 1 x 1 2.5 0 in . (61.84 x 43.97 x 31.70 cm)
rack units (RU) • 14 RU
Weight • 54 .5 lbs (24.77 kg) min imum
• 10 8 lb s (45.4 kg) maximu m
Airflow • Chassis fan tray: Right to left
• Power sup ply fan: Front to back
Note We recommen d th at you maintain a minimum air space of 6 inches
(16 cm) between walls and the chassis air vents and a minimu m
horizontal s eparation of 12 inches (30.5 cm) b etween two chassis to
preven t overh eating.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-17
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4507R+E Switch

Catalyst 4507R+E Switch


The Catalys t 45 07R+E switch is a 7-slot horizontal ch assis sup porting redund ant power s upplies,
redundant superv isor engines, and slots for up to five modules. Figure 1-5 shows a front view o f the
Cataly st 4 507R+E switch with the ch assis major features identified.

Figure 1-5 Catalyst 4507R+E Switch Chassis

+E Series

+E Series
REMOVE
LABEL
SYSTEM FOR
GROUND

Minimum
Cat4500
Version: Software Requirement
IOS: 12.2(37)SG

4506

2
279246

1 Fan tray 3 Sup ervisor engin es (primary in slot 3 and


secondary in slo t 4)
2 Switching mo dules (slots 1, 2, 5, 6, 7) 4 Power su pplies

Tab le 1-9 des cribes the features of the Catalyst 4507 R+E switch .

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-18 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4507R+E Switch

Table 1-9 Catalyst 4507R+E Switch Features

Feature Description
Chassis Seven horizo ntal slots. Slots are numb ered fro m 1 (top) to 7 (bottom).
Superv isor engines • Suppo rts the following supervis or engines:
– Superv isor En gine 7 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 7 -E
– Superv isor En gine 6 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 6 -E
– Superv isor En gine V-1 0GE
– Superv isor En gine V
– Superv isor En gine IV
– Superv isor En gine II-Plus-10GE
– Superv isor En gine II-Plus
Note Refer to y our software release notes for th e minimum software
release versions required to su pport th e supervisor engines.

• Superv isor engines must be ins talled in s lot 3 o r in slot 4.


• Superv isor engine redund ancy is suppo rted in th is chassis.
Note The Cataly st 4 507R+E switch supp orts 1+1 sup ervisor-engine
redund ancy. With the su pport o f stateful switchover (SSO), the
second ary su pervisor engine s erves as a back up to immed iately take
over after a primary supervis or failure. During the s witchover,
Lay er 2 lin ks are maintain ed tran sparently withou t the need to
reneg otiate ses sions.
Mod ules • Suppo rts up to six Catalyst 450 0 s eries modu les.
• Some Catalyst 4 500 series modules may:
– Not b e supp orted
– Require that y ou install a specific superv isor engine
– Have chassis slot restrictions
– Require a sp ecific so ftware releas e level to o perate
• Check y our software release notes for sp ecific support info rmation.
Backp lane 48 Gbps fu ll du plex per slot

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-19
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4507R+E Switch

Table 1-9 Catalyst 4507R+E Switch Features (continued)

Feature Description
Fan tray • The ch assis su pports a sin gle ho t-swapp able fan tray. One fan tray model
is available:
– WS-X459 7+E
• The fan tray con tains eight individu al fans. The in dividual fans are not
field replaceab le; you must rep lace the fan tray in th e event of a fan
failure.
• Air is drawn in o n the right side of the chassis and exhausted on the left
side o f the chassis.
• Fan tray STATUS LED (located on the fan tray fro nt p an el)
– Red— One or more individ ual fans have failed.
– Green—Fan tray is o peratin g normally.
Power supply • Supports one o r two power su pplies. Th e fo llowing power s upplies are
suppo rted:
– 1000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 000AC)
– 1400 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 400AC)
– 1300 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 300ACV)
– 2800 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-2 800ACV)
– 4200 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-4 200ACV)
– 6000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-6 000ACV)
– 9000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-9 000ACV)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply, triple-in put (PWR-C45-1400 DC)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply with integrated PEM
(PWR-C45-1400 DC-P)
– External AC power shelf (WS-P4502-1PSU)
• All Catalyst 4500 series AC-in put power sup plies req uire single-ph ase
source AC.
• Source AC can be out of ph ase between multiple power sup plies or
multiple AC-power plu gs on the same power supply becaus e all AC
power sup ply inputs are isolated.
• Sin gle power supplies are installed in th e left power sup ply bay. The
secon d p ower supp ly is installed in th e rig ht p ower supp ly b ay.
Note For proper op eratio n o f the p ower supply OUTPUT FAIL LED,
sys tems with sing le power su pplies mu st b e configu red with a
minimum of one fan tray and one superv isor engine. Systems with
du al power sup plies must have a minimum config uration of on e fan
tray, on e supervisor engin e, and on e additional module. Failu re to
meet these minimu m configuration req uirements can cause a false
power supply ou tput fail sig nal.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-20 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4507R+E Switch

Table 1 -10 lists the environmental and phys ical s pecifications of the Catalyst 4507 R+E switch .

Table 1-10 Catalyst 4507R+E Switch Specifications

Item Specification
Temp eratu re, ambient • Operating: 32° to 104°F (0 ° to 40° C)
• Nonoperating and storag e: –40 ° to 167 °F (–40° to 75° C)
Humidity (RH), ambient • Operating: 10% to 90%
(noncondensin g) • Nonoperating and storag e: 5% to 95 %
Altitu de, –1 96 to 6561 ft (–60 to 2000 m)
op eratin g and no noperating
Sound p ressure level • One PS: 63 .6 dBA at low s peed and 68.3 dBA at fu ll speed
• Two PS: 65.4 dBA at low sp eed an d 6 8.4 d BA at full speed
Dimensio ns (H x W x D) and • 19 .19 x 17 .3 1 x 1 2.5 0 in . (48.74 x 43.97 x 31.70 cm)
rack units (RU) • 11 RU
Weight • 44 .50 lb (20.19 kg)
Airflow • Chassis fan tray: Right to left
• Power sup ply fan: Front to back
Note We recommen d th at you maintain a minimum air space of 6 inches
(16 cm) between walls and the chassis air vents and a minimu m
horizontal s eparation of 12 inches (30.5 cm) b etween two chassis to
preven t overh eating.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-21
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4510R+E Switch

Catalyst 4510R+E Switch


The Catalys t 45 10R+E switch is a 10-slot horizon tal chass is su pporting redun dan t power supplies,
redundant superv isor engines, and slots for up to nin e modules. Figure 1-6 shows a front view of the
Cataly st 4 510R+E switch with the ch assis major features identified.

Figure 1-6 Catalyst 4510R+E Switch Chassis (Front View)

+E Series

+E Series
REMOVE
LABEL
SYSTEM FOR
GROUND

Minimum
Cat4500
Version: Software Requirement
IOS: 12.2(37)SG

4506

2 STATUS

1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9
10
11 12
13 14 10/100BASE-TX
15 16 ETHERNET

17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26
27 28
STATUS 29 30 MULTI-SPEED
31 GIGABIT
32 SWITCHING
ETHERNET
MODULE
1 33 34
2 3 35
4 36 37
5 6 38
7 39 40
8 9 41
10 42
11 43 44
12 45
13 14 46
15 10/100BASE-TX 47 48
16 ETHERNET

17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26
279247

27 28
29 30 MULTI-SPEED
31 GIGABIT
32 SWITCHING
ETHERNET
MODULE
33 34 35 36 37 38
39 40 41 42
43 44
45 46
47 48

1 Fan tray 3 Sup ervisor engin es (primary in slot 5 and


secondary in slo t 6)
2 Switching mo dules (slots 1–4 , 7–10 ) 4 Power su pplies

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-22 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4510R+E Switch

Table 1 -11 describes the features o f the Cataly st 4 510R+E switch.

Table 1-11 Catalyst 4510R+E Switch Features

Feature Description
Chassis Ten ho rizontal slots. Slots are n umbered from 1 (top) to 10 (bo ttom).
Superv isor engines • Suppo rts the following supervis or engines:
– Superv isor En gine 7 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 7 -E
– Superv isor En gine 6 L-E
– Superv isor En gine 6 -E
– Superv isor En gine V-1 0GE
– Superv isor En gine V
Note Refer to y our software release notes for th e minimum software
release versions required to su pport th e supervisor engines.

• Superv isor engines must be ins talled in s lot 3 o r in slot 4.


• Superv isor engine redund ancy is suppo rted in th is chassis.
Note The Cataly st 4 510R+E switch supp orts 1+1 sup ervisor engin e
redund ancy for integ rated resiliency. With the su pport o f stateful
switchover (SSO), the second ary superv isor engine serves as a
backup to immediately take over after a p rimary sup ervisor failure.
During the switch over, Layer 2 links are maintained transparently
withou t the need to renegotiate sessions.
Mod ules • Suppo rts up to nine Catalyst 4500 series modules.
• Some Catalyst 4 500 series modules may:
– Not b e supp orted
– Require that y ou install a specific superv isor engine
– Have chassis slot restrictions
– Require a sp ecific so ftware releas e level to o perate
• Check y our software release notes for sp ecific information.
Backp lane 48 Gbps fu ll du plex per slot

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-23
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4510R+E Switch

Table 1-11 Catalyst 4510R+E Switch Features (continued)

Feature Description
Fan tray • The ch assis su pports a sin gle ho t-swapp able fan tray. One fan tray model
is available:
– WS-X45 8 2+E
• The fan tray con tains ten individual fans. The ind iv idual fan s are not
field replaceab le; you must rep lace the fan tray in th e event of a fan
failure.
• Air is drawn in o n the right side of the chassis and exhausted on the left
side o f the chassis.
• Fan tray STATUS LED (located on the fan tray fro nt p an el)
– Red— One or more individ ual fans have failed.
– Green—Fan tray is o peratin g normally.
Power supply • Supports one o r two power su pplies. Th e fo llowing power s upplies are
suppo rted:
– 1000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 000AC)
– 1400 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 400AC)
– 1300 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-1 300ACV)
– 2800 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-2 800ACV)
– 4200 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-4 200ACV)
– 6000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-6 000ACV)
– 9000 W AC-inpu t power supply (PWR-C4 5-9 000ACV)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply, triple-in put (PWR-C45-1400 DC)
– 1400 W DC-in put power sup ply with integrated PEM
(PWR-C45-1400 DC-P)
– External AC power shelf (WS-P4502-1PSU)
• All Catalyst 4500 series AC-in put power sup plies req uire single-ph ase
source AC.
• Source AC can be out of ph ase between multiple power sup plies or
multiple AC-power plu gs on the same power supply becaus e all AC
power sup ply inputs are isolated.
• Sin gle power supplies are installed in th e left power sup ply bay. The
secon d p ower supp ly is installed in th e rig ht p ower supp ly b ay.
Note For proper op eratio n o f the p ower supply OUTPUT FAIL LED,
sys tems with sing le power su pplies mu st b e configu red with a
minimum of one fan tray and one superv isor engine. Systems with
du al power sup plies must have a minimum config uration of on e fan
tray, on e supervisor engin e, and on e additional module. Failu re to
meet these minimu m configuration req uirements can cause a false
power supply ou tput fail sig nal.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-24 OL-13972-02
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4510R+E Switch

Table 1 -12 lists the environmental and phys ical s pecifications of the Catalyst 4510 R+E switch .

Table 1-12 Catalyst 4510R+E Switch Specifications

Item Specification
Temp eratu re, ambient • Operating: 32° to 104°F (0 ° to 40° C)
• Nonoperating and storag e: –40 ° to 167 °F (–40° to 75° C)
Humidity (RH), ambient • Operating: 10% to 90%
(noncondensin g) • Nonoperating and storag e: 5% to 95 %
Altitu de, –1 96 to 6561 ft (–60 to 2000 m)
op eratin g and no noperating
Sound p ressure level • One PS: 63 .6 dBA at low s peed and 68.3 dBA at fu ll speed
• Two PS: 65.4 dBA at low sp eed an d 6 8.4 d BA at full speed
Dimensio ns (H x W x D) and • 24 .35 x 17 .3 1 x 1 2.5 0 in . (61.84 x 43.97 x 31.70 cm)
rack units (RU) • 1 4 RU
Weight • 54 .50 lb (24.73 kg)
Airflow • Chassis fan tray: Right to left
• Power sup ply fan: Front to back
Note We recommen d th at you maintain a minimum air space of 6 inches
(16 cm) between walls and the chassis air vents and a minimu m
horizontal s eparation of 12 inches (30.5 cm) b etween two chassis to
preven t overh eating.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 1-25
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Catalyst 4510R+E Switch

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


1-26 OL-13972-02
CH AP T E R 2
Preparing for Installation

Revis ed: March 2 013

Plann in g a proper locatio n for th e switch and the layout of y our equipment rack or wiring closet is
ess ential for successful sy stem operation . Yo u s hould install th e switch in an enclosed, secure area,
en surin g th at only qu alified pers onnel h ave access to the switch and control o f the enviro nmen t.
Equip ment placed too close to geth er o r inadequately ventilated can cau se system overtemperature
co nditions. In add ition, poo r equ ip ment placement can make chassis panels inaccessible and difficult to
main tain.

Tip Fo r ad ditional in formatio n abo ut th e Cisco Catalyst 4 500 E-series s witches (including config uration
examples and troublesho oting information), see the documents lis ted on this page:

http://preview.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps432 4/tsd_produ cts_s upport_series_ho me.html

This chap ter describes how to p repare y our site for switch installation and co ntain s th ese sections:
• Safety, page 2-1
• Site Req uiremen ts, page 2 -2
• Power Requ iremen ts, page 2 -12
• Cablin g Requirements , page 2-14
• Site Preparation Checklist , page 2-14

Safety
Safety warnings appear throu ghout this pub lication in procedures th at may h arm y ou if performed
incorrectly. A warning symbo l precedes each warning statement. The warn ings listed below are gen eral
warnin gs that are app licable to the en tire p ublication .

Warning This unit is intended for installation i n restricted access areas. A rest ricted access area can be
accessed only through the use of a speci al tool, lock and key, or other means of security.
Statement 1017

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 2-1
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requirements

Warning Only trained and qualif ied personnel should be allowed to i nstall, replace, or service this equipment.
Statement 1030

Warning This equipment must be grounded. Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment i n the
absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate elect rical inspection
authority or an electrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available. Statement 1024

Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008

If you are using yo ur switch as a source fo r Power over Ethern et (PoE), the following warning applies:

Warning Voltages that present a shock haz ard can exist on inline power ci rcuits if interconnections are made
by using uninsulated exposed metal contacts, conductors, or terminals. Avoid using such
interconnection methods unless the exposed metal parts are in a restricted access location and users
and service people who are authoriz ed to access the l ocation are made aware of the hazard. A
restricted access area can be accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other
means of security. Statement 1072

Site Requirements
Thes e sections describe some of th e basic site requ iremen ts that you should be aware of as yo u p repare
to install your Catalyst 4500 E-series switch. Env iron mental factors can adversely affect the
p erformance and longevity of your sy stem. Planning a proper location for the switch and layout of your
equip ment rack or wiring closet is essential for successful system o peration. You should in stall the
switch in an enclosed, secu re area, ensuring that only qualified personn el have access to the switch an d
control of the environment. Equipment that is placed too closely to geth er or that is inadequately
ventilated can cause sy stem overtemperature conditions leading to premature co mponent failures. In
additio n, po or equipment placemen t can make chassis panels inaccessible and d ifficult to maintain.
The switch req uires a dry, clean, well-ven tilated, and air-con ditioned environment. To en sure normal
o peration, maintain ambient airflow. If th e airflow is b locked or restricted , or if the intake air is too
warm, an overtemperature con dition can occur. Th e switch env ironmental monitor can th en shu t d own
th e system to p rotect the system compo nen ts.
Mu ltiple switch es can be rack -moun ted with little o r no clearance above and b elow the chassis. However,
when mo unting a s witch in a rack with other eq uipment, or when placing it on the floo r near o ther
equip ment, en sure that the exh aus t from oth er equip ment does not blow into the air intake vent o f the
switch chassis.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


2-2 OL-13972-02
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requiremen ts

Temperature
Temperature ex tremes can cause a system to op erate at redu ced efficiency an d cause a variety o f
pro blems , including premature aging and failure of chips, an d failure of mech anical d evices. Extreme
temp eratu re fluctuatio ns can cause ch ips to b ecome lo ose in their sockets. Observe th e fo llowing
guidelines:
• Ensu re that th e sy stem is op eratin g in an environment no colder th an 5 0°F (10°C) or hotter th an 9 5°F
(35 °C).
• Ensu re th at the chassis has adequate ventilation.
• Do not place the chassis within a closed -in wall un it or on top of cloth, which can act as insulation.
• Do not place it where it will receive direct sunlight, particularly in the afternoon.
• Do not place it next to a h eat s ource o f any k ind, in clud ing heating vents.
• Adequate ventilation is p articu larly important at high altitudes. Make sure that all slots and op enin gs
on the sy stem remain unobs tructed, especially the fan vent on the chassis.
• Clean th e installation site at regular intervals to avoid buildup of dust and debris, which can cau se a
system to overheat.
• If the system has b een expo sed to abn ormally cold temperatures, allow a 2-h our warm-up period to
brin g it up to no rmal o perating temperature before turn ing it o n.
Failure to observe these gu idelin es can damage intern al components.

Note The Catalyst 450 0 E-series switches are equip ped with internal air temperature s enso rs that are trig gered
at 104°F (4 0°C) generating a minor alarm and at 131°F (55°C) generating a major alarm.

Airflow
The Catalyst 4500 E-series switch is d esign ed to be installed in an environment where there is a
sufficient volume o f air availab le to co ol th e supervisor engines, modules, and power su pplies. Any
co nstraints placed o n the free flow of air throug h the chassis or an elevated amb ient air temperature can
cause the switch to overheat and shu t d own.
To maintain proper air circulation th roug h the Catalyst 4500 E-series switch chassis, we recommend that
you maintain a minimum 6-in ch (15 cm) separation between a wall and th e chass is air intake o r a wall
an d the chas sis hot air exh aus t. In situ ation s where th e switch ch assis are installed in adjacent racks, you
should allow a minimu m of 12-inch es (30.5 cm) b etween the air intake o f one chassis and the ho t air
exh aus t of ano ther ch assis. Failure to maintain adequate spacing between chassis can cause the switch
ch assis that is d rawing in the hot exhaust air to overheat and fail.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 2-3
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requirements

If you are installing your Catalyst 4500 E-series switch in an enclosed o r partially enclosed rack, we
strong ly recommend that you verify th at you r site meets the following guidelines:
• Verify that there is a min imum o f 6 inches (15 cm) of clearance b etween the sid es of th e rack and
b oth the chassis air in take grill and the chassis air exhaust grill.
• Verify that the ambient air temperature with in th e enclo sed or partially enclosed rack is within the
chassis operating temperature limits. After installing the chassis in th e rack, p ower up the chassis
and allow the chassis temperature to stabilize (app roximately 2 h ours). Measure the ambient air
temperature at the ch assis air intake grill and at the chassis air exhaust grill by po sitioning an
external temperature p robe ap pro ximately 1 inch (2.5 cm) away from the g rills, in lin e with the
chassis slot occup ied by the superviso r engine.
– If the ambient intake air temperature is less than 104°F (40°C), the rack meets the intake air
temperature criterion .
– If the amb ient intake air temperature ex ceed s 104°F (40°C), the system migh t ex perience mino r
temperature alarms and is in danger of ov erheating.
– If the ambient intake air temperature equ als or is greater than 131°F (55°C), the sy stem will
experience a major temperature alarm and sh ut down.
• Verify that the enclo sed or partially enclosed rack allows an adeq uate flow o f air through the switch
chassis as follows:
– If the differen ce between the measured intake air temperature an d th e exhaust air temperature
d oes no t exceed 10°C (18 °F), there is su fficien t airflow in the rack.
– If the difference in air temperature ex ceed s 10°C (18°F), there is insu fficien t airflow to co ol the
chassis.

Note The 10 °C (18°F) temperature differential between the intake and the exhaust must b e determined
by tak ing measurements using external digital temperature probes. Do n ot use the chassis
internal temperature sensors to measure the temperature differential.

• Plan ahead. Your Cataly st 4 500 E-series switch es currently installed in an enclosed or partially
enclosed rack migh t meet ambient air temperature and airflow requirements now. However, if you
add more chassis to th e rack or you add more modu les to a chassis in the rack, th e additional heat
g enerated might cause the ambient air temperature within th e rack to exceed 104°F (40 °C) and can
cause minor alarms.

Humidity
High-humidity conditions can cau se moisture migratio n and penetration into th e system. Th is moistu re
can cause corro sion of intern al components and deg radatio n of properties such as electrical resis tance,
th ermal con ductiv ity, phy sical stren gth, and size. Extreme moistu re buildu p insid e th e system can result
in electrical s horts , which can caus e serious damage to the sy stem. Each system is rated to operate at 8
to 80 p ercent relative humidity, with a humidity gradation o f 10 percent p er h our. In storag e, a system
can withstand from 5 to 95 percen t relative humid ity. Bu ildings in which climate is controlled by
air-co nditionin g in th e warmer mon ths and by heat d uring the co lder months usu ally maintain an
acceptable level of h umidity for system equip ment. However, if a system is located in an u nusually
h umid location, a dehumid ifier can be u sed to maintain th e humidity within an acceptable rang e.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


2-4 OL-13972-02
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requiremen ts

Altitude
Operating a system at high altitu de (low pressure) reduces th e efficien cy of forced an d convectio n
co oling and can result in electrical p rob lems related to arcing and co ron a effects. This con dition can also
cause sealed comp onents with internal pressure, such as electrolytic cap acitors, to fail or perform at
reduced efficiency. Each system is rated to operate at altitu des from –5 0 to 6 500 feet (–16 to
1981 meters) and can be stored at altitudes of –5 0 to 3 5,0 00 feet (–16 to 10,668 meters).

Dust and Particulates


Fans cool power sup plies and system comp onents by drawing in room temperature air and ex hau sting
heated air ou t thro ugh variou s openings in the chassis. However, fans also ingest du st an d other p articles,
causing co ntamin ant bu ildup in th e sy stem and in creased internal chassis temp eratu re. A clean op eratin g
environment can greatly reduce th e negative effects of d ust and oth er p articles, which act as insulators
an d in terfere with the mechanical co mponents in the sys tem. The stand ards listed below provide
guidelines for acceptable work ing environments an d acceptable levels of suspended particulate matter:
• Network Equip ment Building Systems (NEBS) GR-63-CORE
• National Electrical M anu facturers Ass ociation (NEMA) Type 1
• Internatio nal Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) IP-2 0

Corrosion
Corrosion of system conn ectors is a g radual p rocess that can eventu ally lead to intermittent failures of
electrical circuits. Th e oil fro m a person’s fin gers or prolonged exposu re to high temperature o r humid ity
can corrode the gold -plated edg e co nnecto rs an d pin con nectors on various components in the sy stem.
To prevent corrosion , avoid touching con tacts on board s and cards, and pro tect the sy stem from extreme
temp eratu res and moist, salty environments.

Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference


Electromagnetic in terference (EM I) an d radio frequ ency interference (RFI) from a system can ad versely
affect devices such as radio and telev ision (TV) receivers operating near the sys tem. Radio frequencies
emanating from a sys tem can also interfere with cordless and low-power telephones. Convers ely, RFI
from high-power telep hones can cause spurious characters to appear o n the system monitor. RFI is
defined as any EMI with a frequency above 10 k ilohertz (kHz). This type o f in terference can travel fro m
the system to o ther devices throu gh the power cable and power source o r throug h the air like tran smitted
radio waves. The Federal Communicatio ns Commission (FCC) publish es sp ecific regulations to limit the
amo unt of EMI and RFI emitted by compu tin g equipment. Each system meets these FCC regulations. To
reduce the possib ility o f EMI and RFI, follow th ese guidelines:
• Only op erate the sy stem with the ch assis covers installed.
• Ensu re th at all chassis slots are covered by a metal filler bracket and that an unu sed power supply
bay h as a metal cover plate installed.
• Ensu re th at the screws on all peripheral cable con nectors are secu rely fasten ed to their
co rresp onding connectors on the back of the chassis.
• Always use shield ed cab les with metal connector shells fo r attaching periph erals to the system.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 2-5
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requirements

When wires are run for any significant distan ce in an electro magn etic field, interference can occur
b etween the field and the signals on the wires. This fact has two implicatio ns fo r the constru ction of p lant
wiring :
• Bad wiring practice can result in radio interference emanating from the p lant wiring.
• Strong EMI, especially when it is caused by lig htning or radio transmitters, can destroy th e signal
d rivers and receivers in th e chassis, and even create an electrical hazard by condu cting power surges
th roug h lin es into equipment.

Note To predict an d remedy strong EMI, you may also need to consult experts in radio frequency interference
(RFI).

If you use twisted -pair cable in yo ur plant wiring with a g ood distribu tion o f gro unding conductors, the
p lant wiring is unlikely to emit radio interference. If y ou exceed the recommend ed distances, use a
h igh-q uality twisted -pair cab le with on e ground condu ctor for each d ata signal when applicable.

Caution Categ ory 5e, Category 6 , and Categ ory 6a cab les can store larg e levels o f static electricity because of th e
d ielectric properties o f th e materials u sed in their construction. Alway s ground the cables (especially in
n ew cab le ru ns) to a su itable an d safe earth gro und before conn ecting them to the module.

If the wires ex ceed th e recommended d istan ces, o r if wires pass between bu ildings, give special
consid eratio n to th e effect of a lightn ing strike in your v icinity. The electro magn etic pulse caused b y
lig htning or other high -energy phenomena can eas ily couple eno ugh energ y into un shield ed conductors
to destro y electronic devices. If you have had p roblems of this sort in the past, you may want to con sult
experts in electrical su rge suppress ion and sh ieldin g.

Shock and Vibration


Cataly st 4 500 E-series switch es have been s hock- and vibration -tested for o perating ranges, hand lin g,
and earthquake stand ards to NEBS (Zone 4 per GR-63-Core). Th ese tests have been con ducted in
earthq uake environment an d criteria, office vibration and criteria, tran sportation vib ration an d criteria,
and packag ed equipment shock.

Power Source Interruptions


Systems are esp ecially sensitive to variations in vo ltage supplied by the AC power source. Overvoltag e,
u ndervoltage, and transients (o r spikes) can erase data from memory or even cau se components to fail.
To pro tect against these typ es of p rob lems, power cab les shou ld always be p rop erly gro unded. Also,
p lace the system o n a dedicated power circuit (rather th an sharin g a circuit with other heav y electrical
equip ment). In general, do not allow the sy stem to share a circuit with any o f the followin g:
• Cop y machines
• Air condition ers
• Vacuum cleaners

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


2-6 OL-13972-02
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requiremen ts

• Space h eaters
• Power tools
• Teletype machines
• Laser prin ters
• Facsimile machin es
• Any other mo to rized equip ment
Besid es these appliances, the greatest threats to a s ystem power s upply are s urges or blackouts that are
caused by electrical storms. Whenever p ossible, turn off th e system and any periph erals, and unplug
them from their power sources during thunderstorms. If a blacko ut occurs—even a temporary
one—wh ile the system is turned on, turn off the system immed iately and disconn ect it from the electrical
outlet. Leav ing the system on may cause pro blems when the power is restored; all other appliances left
on in the area can create large voltage spikes that can damage the system.

System Grounding
You must install a NEBS-co mplian t sy stem ground as part of the chassis installatio n process. Chassis
installation s th at rely only on the AC th ird-pro ng gro und are in sufficient to prop erly an d adequately
gro und the s ystems .
The sys tem (NEBS) ground is different th an the source p ower g rou nd (AC third-p ron g ground on an AC
power plu g). The source p ower ground is designed for safety in the case of a sh ort circuit in th e power
supply or a co nnection between the live voltage wire and the chassis. The res ulting short circuit causes
the so urce power circu it b reaker to trip, which minimizes th e damag e to the chassis an d th e pos sible
shock hazard to any one in phys ical contact with the chassis. The sou rce power groun d u sually do es not
have low imped ance, it might be shared acros s many different types of devices, and it can have a flo ating
voltage with reference to tru e earth gro und.
The system (NEBS) g roun d should have the lowest p ossible imp edance to true earth ground to ensure
that there is no floating voltage. Th e system (NEBS) ground shou ld have only co mmunication s
eq uipment conn ected to it and should be free of ind uctio n or capacitance-ind uced voltages. In order to
reduce the possib ility o f spurious signals an d floating voltages fro m dis ruptin g d ata transmission s, it
might be n eces sary to install a n ew dedicated system (NEBS) gro und in your data center.
You must obs erve the following system g rou nding guid elines fo r your chassis:
• You must install the system (NEBS) gro und conn ection with any oth er rack or system power ground
co nnection s that you make. The system (NEBS) g rou nd con nection is required if FXS modules are
installed or if this eq uipment is installed in a U.S. or Euro pean central o ffice.
• You must connect bo th the system (NEBS) ground connectio n and the power su pply ground
co nnection to earth grounds.

Caution Ins tallations that rely s olely on sy stem groundin g using only an AC third-pro ng gro und ru n a
substantially greater risk of equip ment problems and data corrup tion than th ose ins tallations that u se
both the AC third-pron g grou nd an d a properly installed sy stem (NEBS comp liant) gro und.

Table 2 -1 lists some g eneral groundin g practice g uidelines .

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 2-7
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requirements

Table 2-1 Grounding Practice Guidelines

Elec tromagn etic


En viron ment Noise Severity Level Grounding Recommendation
Commercial bu ilding is High All lightn ing pro tection dev ices must be
su bjected to d irect lightn ing installed in strict accordance with
strikes. manufacturer recommen datio ns. Condu ctors
For example, some places in the carryin g lightning current should be spaced
away fro m power and d ata lin es in
United States , such as Florida,
are subject to more ligh tning accordan ce with ap plicable
recommendations and codes. Best g rou nding
strikes th an oth er areas.
practices must be closely fo llowed.
Commercial bu ilding is located High Bes t groun ding practices must be closely
in an area wh ere lightn ing storms fo llowed.
frequently occur but is not
su bject to direct ligh tning
strikes.
Commercial bu ilding contains a Medium to Hig h Bes t groun ding practices must be closely
mix of info rmation techno logy fo llowed.
equip ment and industrial
equip ment, such as welding .
Existing commercial building is Medium Bes t groun ding practices must be closely
n ot s ubject to natural fo llowed. Determin e source and cause of
enviro nmen tal noise or noise if poss ib le, an d mitigate as clo sely as
man-made industrial noise. This poss ib le at the noise source or redu ce
bu ilding co ntain s a stan dard coupling from the n oise source to the victim
office environment. This equipment.
in stallation has a history of
malfu nctio n due to
electromagnetic noise.
New commercial buildin g is no t Low Bes t groundin g practices should be followed
su bject to natural env ironmental as clo sely as p ossible. Electromag netic no ise
n oise or man-made indu strial problems are n ot anticip ated, but installing a
n oise. This buildin g con tains a best practice g rou nding system in a new
standard office enviro nmen t. building is often th e least ex pen sive ro ute
and the best way to plan for the futu re.
Existing commercial building is Low Bes t groundin g practices should be followed
n ot s ubject to natural as mu ch as possible. Electro magn etic n oise
enviro nmen tal noise or problems are n ot anticip ated, but installing a
man-made industrial noise. This best practice g rou nding system is always
bu ilding co ntain s a stan dard recommended.
office environment.

Note In all situations, groundin g practices must comply with Section 250 of the National Electric Code (NEC)
requirements or local laws and regulations. A 6 AWG groundin g wire is preferred from th e chassis to th e
rack ground or directly to th e common bond ing network (CBN). The eq uipment rack sh ould also b e
conn ected to the CBN with 6 AWG ground ing wire.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


2-8 OL-13972-02
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requiremen ts

Note In installations where FXS modules are installed , sup plemental g rou nding is required.

Note Always ensure that all of the modules are completely ins talled and th at the captive installatio n s crews
are fully tightened. In add ition, ensu re th at all I/O cables an d p ower co rds are pro perly seated. These
practices are no rmal in stallation practices and must be followed in all installatio ns.

Caution Category 5e, Category 6, an d Category 6a cables can sto re large levels of static electricity because of the
dielectric p roperties of the materials used in their co nstru ction . Always grou nd th e cables (es pecially in
new cable runs) to a suitable and safe earth ground before co nnecting them to the mod ule.

Maintaining Safety with Electricity


Wh en wo rkin g o n electrical eq uipment, follow these gu idelin es:
• Do not wo rk alone if potentially hazardou s cond itio ns exist anywh ere in you r work space.
• Never assume that power is disconn ected from a circuit; always check the circuit before workin g on
it.
• Look carefu lly for p ossible h azards in your work area, s uch as damp floors, u ngro unded power
extensio n cables , frayed o r damaged power cords, and missin g safety ground s.
• If an electrical accident occu rs, pro ceed as fo llows:
– Use extreme caution ; do n ot b ecome a victim yo urself.
– Disconnect p ower from the sy stem.
– If possib le, send another p erson to g et medical aid. Otherwise ass ess th e conditio n of th e victim,
an d th en call for help.
– Determine if the person needs rescue breathing or external card iac comp ressions; then take
ap pro priate actio n.
• Use the product within its marked electrical rating s and product usage instructions.
• Ins tall the p rodu ct in co mplian ce with local and national electrical cod es.
• If any of th e following condition s o ccur, co ntact the Cisco Tech nical Assistance Center:
– The power cable or plu g is damaged.
– An object h as fallen into the product.
– The pro duct has been exposed to water or other liqu ids.
– The pro duct has been dropp ed or s hows signs of damage.
– The pro duct do es not op erate correctly when you follow the o peratin g instru ction s.
• Use the correct ex ternal power source. Operate the pro duct on ly from th e type of power source
indicated on the electrical ratings label. If you are n ot sure of the type o f power sou rce req uired,
co nsult the Cisco Technical Assis tance Center or a local electrician .

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 2-9
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requirements

• Use appro ved power cables only. You have b een p rovid ed with one or mo re power cables with your
chassis power sup ply that are intended for u se in your co untry, b ased on the s hipping location.
Sho uld yo u need to purch ase additio nal power cables, ensure that they are rated for th e pro duct and
for the voltage and cu rrent marked on the produ ct’s electrical ratings lab el. The voltage an d current
ratin g of the power cable should be greater than th e ratings marked on the label.
• To help p revent electrical s hock, plu g all power cab les into properly groun ded electrical outlets.
Thes e power cables are eq uipped with three-p ron g p lugs to help ensu re p roper g roun ding. Do not
u se adap ter p lugs or remove the g roun ding prong from a power cable.
• Observe p ower strip rating s. Make sure that th e total current ratin g o f all products th at are plu gged
in to th e power strip does not exceed 80 percent of the power strip rating.
• Do not modify power cables or plu gs yourself. Con sult with a licen sed electrician or yo ur power
company fo r site mod ification s. Always follow you r local and natio nal wiring codes.

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage


Electro static discharge (ESD) d amage, which can o ccur when mo dules o r other FRUs are improperly
h and led, results in intermittent or complete failures. Modu les consist of printed circu it bo ards that are
fixed in metal carriers . Electromagnetic interference (EMI) shielding an d con nectors are integral
compo nen ts o f the carrier. Althou gh the metal carrier helps to protect the bo ard from ESD, always use
an ESD ground ing strap when handling mod ules.
To prevent ESD damage, follow these gu idelin es:
• Always use an ESD wrist strap an d ensu re th at it makes max imu m contact with bare sk in. ESD
g roun ding straps are available with banana plu gs, metal spring clips, o r allig ator clips. All
Cataly st 4 500 E-series chassis are equip ped with a bare metal h ole banana p lug con nector
(identified by the ground sy mbol nex t to the con nector) somewhere on the fro nt pan el. We
recommend that you use a person al ESD ground ing strap eq uipped with a b anana plug.
• If you ch oose to use the disp osab le ESD wrist strap supplied with mo st FRUs or an ESD wrist strap
equip ped with an alligato r clip , you mus t attach the system groun d lu g to th e chass is in order to
p rovide a proper ground ing point for the ESD wrist strap.

Note This system gro und is also referred to as the network eq uipment building system (NEBS)
ground.

• If you r chass is d oes no t have the system g rou nd attach ed , you must install the sys tem ground. See
th e “Establishing the Sys tem Ground Con nection” section on page 3-7 for installation instru ction s
and locatio ns of the chassis system gro und pads.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


2-10 OL-13972-02
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Requiremen ts

After you install th e system grou nd lug, follow these s teps to correctly attach the ESD wris t strap :

Step 1 Attach the ESD wrist strap to bare sk in as fo llows:


a. If you are us ing the ESD wrist strap sup plied with the FRUs, op en the wrist strap p ackage and
unwrap the ESD wrist strap. Place the black conductive loo p ov er y our wrist and tighten th e strap
so that it mak es goo d con tact with your bare sk in.
b. If you are us ing an ESD wrist strap equipp ed with an allig ator clip, open the package and remove
the ESD wrist strap. Locate th e end of the wris t strap that attaches to your body an d secu re it to y our
bare s kin.
Step 2 Grasp the s pring or alligator clip on the ESD wris t strap and mo mentarily tou ch the clip to a bare metal
spot (un pain ted surface) on the rack. We recommend th at you touch the clip to an u npainted rack rail so
that any built-u p static charg e is then safely diss ip ated to the entire rack.
Step 3 Attach either the s pring clip or the alligator clip to the g rou nd lug screw as fo llows:
a. If you are us ing the ESD wrist strap that is su pplied with the FRUs, s queeze the spring clip jaws
open, po sition the spring clip to one sid e of the system ground lug screw head, and slide the spring
clip over the lug screw head so that th e spring clip jaws close behind the lug screw head.

Note Th e spring clip jaws do not open wide en ough to fit directly o ver th e head of the lug screw
or the lug barrel.

b. If you are us ing an ESD wrist strap that is equip ped with an alligator clip, attach the alligator clip
directly over the head o f the sy stem ground lug screw or to th e system grou nd lug barrel.

Wh en handling mo dules, follow these guid elines:


• Handle carriers by availab le handles o r edges o nly; avoid touching th e printed circuit boards o r
co nnectors.
• Place a removed component board-side-up on an an tistatic surface or in a static shield ing container.
If you plan to return the comp onent to th e factory, immediately place it in a static shielding
co ntain er.
• Never attempt to remove the printed circuit board from the metal carrier.

Caution Fo r safety, periodically check th e resistance value of the antistatic strap. The measurement should be
between 1 and 10 meg ohm (Moh m).

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 2-11
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Power Requirements

Power Requirements
When preparin g your site for the switch installation, follow these requirements:
• In systems configured with two p ower sup plies , connect each of the two power supplies to a separate
in put power source. If you fail to d o this task, your system might be suscep tible to to tal power failure
d ue to a fau lt in the extern al wiring or a tripp ed circuit breaker.
• To prevent a loss of inpu t power, be sure that the total maximum lo ad on each sou rce circuit is within
th e cu rren t ratin gs of the wirin g and breakers .
• In some sy stems, you may decide to u se an uninterruptible power sup ply (UPS) to protect against
p ower failures at yo ur site. Be aware when selecting a UPS that so me UPS mo dels that use
ferroresonant techn ology can become un stable when operating with th e Catalyst 450 0 E-series
switch power sup plies which use p ower factor correctio n (PFC). Ferroresonant techno logy can cause
th e ou tput voltage waveform to the switch to b ecome distorted resulting in an undervo ltage situation
in the system.
• The AC-input power su pply has a detachable power cord that allows yo u to conn ect each power
su pply to the site power sou rce.
• You can conn ect the DC-in put power supply to the p ower sou rce with heavy-gauge wiring connected
to a terminal blo ck. The wire gauge size is determined by local electrical codes an d restrictions.
• If you are using a 200 /240 VAC p ower source in North America, th e circuit mu st be pro tected by a
two-p ole circuit breaker.
• The sou rce AC outlet mu st b e within 6 feet (1.8 meters) of the system an d s hould be easily
accessible.
• The AC power receptacles u sed to plu g in the ch assis mus t be the groun ding type. The ground ing
cond ucto rs that conn ect to th e recep tacles sh ould co nnect to protective earth ground at th e service
equip ment.

Power Connection Guidelines for AC-Powered Systems


This section provides the basic g uidelines for connecting the Catalys t 45 00 E-series switch AC power
su pplies to the site power source:
• Each ch assis power supply sh ould have a separate, dedicated branch circuit.
• For North America:
– The 10 00 W power s upply requ ires a 15 A or 2 0 A circu it.
– The 13 00 W, 1400 W, and 28 00 W power su pplies require a 20 A circuit.
– The 42 00 W power s upply requ ires o ne or two 15 A circuits.
– The 6 000 W p ower sup ply requires one or two 15 A circuits (low-lin e inp uts) or one or two 20 A
circuits (high-line inp uts).
– The 90 00 W power s upply requ ires u p to th ree 15 A circuits (low-lin e inpu ts ) or up to three
2 0 A circu its (high-line in puts).
• For International:
– Circu its sh ould be sized accordin g to lo cal and national co des .

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


2-12 OL-13972-02
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Powe r Requiremen ts

• If y ou are using a 2 00/240 VAC power sou rce in North America, the circuit must be protected by a
two-pole circuit breaker.
• The source AC ou tlet must be within 6 feet (1.8 meters) o f the s ystem and shou ld b e easily
accessib le.
• The AC power receptacles used to plug in the chassis must be the gro unding typ e. The g rou nding
co nductors that co nnect to the receptacles should connect to protective earth groun d at the serv ice
eq uipment.

Power Connection Guidelines for DC-Powered Systems


This sectio n p rovid es the basic guidelines for con necting the Catalyst 4500 E-series switch DC-in put
power sup plies to the site power s ource:
• All power connectio n wiring sh ould con form to the rules and regu lation s in the Natio nal Electrical
Code (NEC), as well as any local cod es.
• DC (–) and the DC return (+) terminals are evaluated for u se with 1/0 AWG wire (1400 W DC supp ly
only).
• The gro und terminal is evaluated for u se with 6 AWG wire (10 AWG for the multi-input power
supply ).
• The DC return mu st remain isolated fro m the system frame and the chassis (DC-I).
• Fo r DC power cables, we recommend th at y ou us e commensurately rated, h igh-strand-co unt copper
wire cable. Co nnection to the DC-in put power sup ply requires on e earth gro und cable, on e sou rce
DC (–), and on e source DC return (+). The len gth of the cables d epends on y our switch location.
These cables are not available from Cisco Systems. They are available from any commercial cable
ven dor.
• The colo r co ding of th e source DC power cable leads depends on the co lor coding of th e site DC
power s ource. Typically, green or green and yellow indicate th at the cable is a gro und cable. Because
there is no color cod e standard for source DC wiring, you must ensure that th e power cables are
co nnected to the DC-inpu t power supply terminal block in the proper (+) and (–) po larity. In some
cases, the source DC cable leads might have a po sitive (+) or a negative (–) label. This label is a
relatively safe in dication of th e polarity, bu t yo u mu st verify the polarity by measuring the vo ltage
between the DC cab le leads. When makin g th e measurement, th e positive (+) lead and the n egative
(–) lead must always match th e (+) and (–) labels o n th e DC-input power s upply terminal block.
• DC power cab les must be terminated by cable lugs at the power sup ply end .
• The circu it breaker is considered to be t h e disconnect d evice and should b e easily accessible.
• The circuit mu st be protected by a dedicated two-pole circuit breaker. Th e circuit breaker sh ould be
sized according to the power supply inp ut rating an d lo cal or national cod e requirements.
• Fo r proper DC-input redun dan t power co nfigurations on systems with multiple-inp ut DC-in put
power sup plies , all pairs o f source DC cables for one DC-inpu t p ower supply mu st come fro m th e
same battery s ystem (A feed); all pairs of s ource DC cables for the second DC-input power su pply
must co me from a different battery system (B feed).
• Fo r DC-in put p ower supplies with mu ltiple inputs, each DC input must be protected by a dedicated
circuit breaker o r a fuse. The circuit breaker o r the fuse must be sized according to the power supply
input rating and local or n ation al electrical codes.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 2-13
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Cabling Requirements

Cabling Requirements
Caution The intrabu ild ing port(s) of the equ ipmen t or su bas sembly is suitable fo r con nection to intrabuilding or
u nexp osed wirin g o r cabling o nly. The intrabuilding po rt(s) of th e equipment or sub assembly must not
b e metallically connected to interfaces th at connect to the Outside Plant (OSP) or its wiring. These
in terfaces are design ed for use as intrabu ilding interfaces o nly (Type 2 or Typ e 4 ports as described in
GR-10 89-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the expos ed OSP cab lin g. The add itio n of Primary
Protectors is n ot su fficient p rotection to con nect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.

When run ning power and data cables to geth er in overh ead cable trays o r subfloor cable trays, be aware
o f the followin g caution:

Caution We strongly recommend th at p ower cabling runs and o ther po tential noise so urces be located as far away
as practical from LAN cabling th at termin ates on Cisco equ ipmen t. In situ ation s, where this type of long
p arallel cable runs exist wh ich cannot be s eparated by at least 3 .3 feet (1 meter), we recommen d that you
sh ield these p oten tial noise sources. To avoid interference, the so urce sh ould be s hielded by hou sing it
in a grou nded metallic condu it.

Also be aware of the following caution concerning the use o f Category 5e and Category 6 Ethernet
cables :

Caution Categ ory 5e, Category 6 , and Categ ory 6a cab les can store larg e levels o f static electricity because of th e
d ielectric properties o f th e materials u sed in their construction. Alway s ground the cables (especially in
n ew cab le ru ns) to a su itable an d safe earth gro und before conn ecting them to the module.

Site Preparation Checklist


Tab le 2-2 lists th e site-plannin g activ ities that y ou should complete before you install a Catalyst 4500
E-series switch. Co mpletin g each activity helps to ensure a su cces sful switch installatio n.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


2-14 OL-13972-02
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Preparatio n Checklist

Table 2-2 Site-Planning Checklist

Task No. Pla nning Activity Verified by Time Date


1 Space evalu ation :
• Space and layout
• Floor covering
• Imp act and vib ration
• Ligh ting
• Mainten ance access
2 Environmental evaluation:
• Ambient temperature
• Hu mid ity
• Altitud e
• Atmos pheric contamination
• Airflow
3 Power evaluation:
• In put power typ e
• Receptacle p rox imity to the eq uipment
• Dedicated (s eparate) circuits for redund ant
power su pplies
• UPS for power failures
4 Ground ing evaluatio n:
• Circuit breaker size
5 Cab le and interface equipment evaluatio n:
• Cab le type
• Connector type
• Cab le distance limitatio ns
• In terface eq uipment (transceiv ers)
6 EMI evalu ation :
• Distance limitations fo r signaling
• Site wiring
• RFI levels

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 2-15
Chapter 2 Preparing for Installation
Site Preparation Checklist

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


2-16 OL-13972-02
CH AP T E R 3
Installing the Switch

Revis ed: October 2011

This chapter describes how to in stall Catalyst 4500 E-series switches in an eq uipment rack. Th e chapter
co ntain s th e fo llowing sectio ns:
• Ins tallation Process, page 3-2
• Rack-Mounting Guidelines, page 3 -2
• Unp acking the Switch , page 3 -4
• Ins talling the Switch in a Rack, p age 3-4
• Establishing the System Groun d Co nnection , page 3 -7
• Completing the Installation Process, pag e 3-9

Warning This unit is intended for installation i n restricted access areas. A rest ricted access area can be
accessed only through the use of a speci al tool, lock and key, or other means of security.
Statement 1017

Warning Only trained and qualified personnel should be al lowed t o install, replace, or service this equipment.
Statement 1030

Warning To prevent personal injury or damage to the chassi s, never attempt to lift or tilt the chassis using the
handles on modules (such as power supplies, fans, or cards); these types of handles are not designed
to support the weight of the uni t. Statement 1032

Note Before starting the installation proced ures in this chapter, complete the site-planning check list in
Table 2 -2 of Ch apter 2, “Preparing for Ins tallation.”

Note Fo r info rmation on installing the su pervisor en gine and switching mo dules and verifying switch
operation, see the Cata lyst 4500 S eries Mod ule Installation Guide. For information on configuring the
switching modu les, see the so ftware config uration guide fo r your switch and so ftware release.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 3-1
Chapte r 3 Installin g the Switch
Installation Process

Installation Process
The process of installin g th e switch can be bro ken down into a series of tasks. Thes e tas ks are listed in
Tab le 3-1.

Table 3-1 Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switch Installation Process

Task Descriptio n
Unpack ing the switch Remove the switch from the packaging materials.
Note We recommend that you save the packaging material for u se
later if y ou need to move th e ch ass is fro m on e site to
an other.
Installing the switch All Catalyst 4500 E-series chassis are des igned to be rack -moun ted .
Con necting the chas sis to system Con struct and attach a system ground wire fro m the bu ilding (earth)
g roun d g roun d to th e system gro und point on the ch assis.
Installing an d cabling the power Normally, one power sup ply is shipped in stalled in the chassis. The
su pply or su pplies second power supply, if part of the switch co nfiguration, is s hipped
separately. Install the second power su pply an d con nect the power
su pplies to site source power, either AC or DC.
Cabling the supervis or engine The various ports o n the s uperviso r eng ine an d o n the mo dules that
and modu les to the n etwork are installed in the chassis must be con nected to th e network. This
p rocess can involve only attaching a n etwo rk interface cable to the
mo dule po rt, or it can include the installation o f a trans ceiver o f
so me type in the sup ervisor engin e or mo dule po rt, and then
attachin g th e network interface cab le to the tran sceiver.
Powering up the chassis After completing the network cabling and makin g su re th at system
g roun d is conn ected , the power supp lies can be turn ed on . The
sy stem powers up and runs through a set of built-in diagnostics.

Tip For additio nal information about the Cisco Catalyst 450 0 E-series switches (includin g con figuratio n
examples and tro ubleshootin g in formatio n), see the d ocu ments listed on this page:

h ttp://preview.cisco.com/en /US/pro ducts/hw/switch es/p s4324/tsd _products_sup port_ series_home.html

Rack-Mounting Guidelines
The Catalys t 45 00 E-series switch es are d esig ned to be installed in both op en and en clos ed racks that
meet ANSI/EIA-310-D and ETS 30 0 119-3 specifications. Before rack-mou nting the switch, ensure th at
th e eq uipment rack complies with the followin g guidelines:
• The width of the rack , measu red between the two front-mounting strips or rails, must be
1 7.7 5 inch es (4 5.09 cm).
• The depth of th e rack, measured between th e front- and rear-moun ting strips, must be at least
1 9.2 5 inch es (4 8.9 cm).

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


3-2 OL-13972-02
Chapter 3 Installing the Switch
Rack-Mounting Guidelines

Note All of the Catalyst 4500 E-series switch chassis are designed to install in standard 19-inch racks.

• The rack mus t have su fficien t vertical clearan ce to in sert the chassis. Th e chassis h eigh ts are as
follows:
– Catalyst 4503 -E switch— 12.25 inches (31.12 cm) (7 RU)
– Catalyst 4506 -E switch— 17.38 inches (44.13 cm) (10 RU)
– Catalyst 4507 R-E switch—1 9.15 inch es (49 cm) (10 RU)
– Catalyst 4510 R-E switch—2 4.35 inch es (61.84 cm) (14 RU)
– Catalyst 4507 R+E switch —19.15 inches (49 cm) (10 RU)
– Catalyst 4510 R+E switch —24.35 inches (61.84 cm) (14 RU)

Note Chas sis h eigh t is sometimes measured in rack u nits (RU or just U) where 1 RU or 1 U eq uals 1.75 in
(44 .4 5 mm). A ty pical server rack is 4 2 RU or 4 2 U in heig ht.

Caution If th e equipment rack is on wheels, ens ure that the brakes are engaged and that the rack is stabilized.

Warning To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing this unit in a rack, you must take special
precautions t o ensure that the system remains stable. The fol lowing gui delines are provided to
ensure your safety:

• This unit should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.
• When mounting this unit in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top with the heaviest
component at the bottom of the rack.
• If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing the unit in
the rack. Statement 1006

Note To maintain p rop er air circulation th roug h the Catalyst switch chassis, we recommend that yo u maintain
a minimum 6 -inch (15 cm) s eparation between a wall and th e chassis air intake or a wall and the ch assis
air exhaust. You sho uld also allow a minimu m separation of 12 inch es (30.5 cm) b etween the ho t air
exh aus t on one chassis and th e air intake on ano ther chassis. Failure to maintain adequate air space can
cause the chassis to ov erheat an d the system to fail.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 3-3
Chapte r 3 Installin g the Switch
Unpacking the Switch

Unpacking the Switch


To ch eck the contents of the shippin g carto ns, follow these steps:

Step 1 Check the contents of the accesso ries b ox ag ainst the accesso ries box co mponents ch ecklist an d the
p acking slip that were inclu ded with yo ur switch . Verify th at yo u received all listed equipment, including
th e fo llowing:
• Rack -mou nt k it, cable guide kit, and system gro und kit
• Optional equ ipmen t that you ordered, s uch as network in terface cables, tran sceivers, o r special
conn ectors
Step 2 Check the switching modules in each slot. Verify that the configuration matches the pack in g list and th at
all the specified interfaces are in clud ed.
Step 3 Verify that the L brackets are securely attached to the ides o f the chassis.

Note Do not discard the ship ping cartons and poly bag when you unp ack the switch . Flatten and store them.
You will need the co ntain ers if you need to move or ship th e s witch in the future. Repack in g instructions
are provided in Appendix B, “Repacking a Switch .”

Installing the Switch in a Rack


A rack-moun t kit is included for mo unting the switch in a standard 19-inch (48 .3 cm) equipment rack
with two un obstructed outer posts, with a n ominal depth (between the fro nt and rear mo unting posts) of
1 9.2 5 inch es (4 8.9 cm) and a maximum depth of 3 2 in ches (8 1.3 cm). This kit is not suitable for racks
with obstructio ns (such as a p ower strip ) that could impair access to th e field-replaceab le units (FRUs)
o f the switch .
Determine if the rack p ost holes are prethreaded or u nthreaded. If the rack po st h oles are unthreaded,
y ou need to install 12-24 clip-nuts o r cage-nuts over the rack post h oles to accept the installation screws.

Note Clip-n uts o r cage-n uts are not included as part of the accessory kit that co mes with the chassis.
You must ob tain them yourself.

Required Installation Tools


You will need the following tools and eq uipmen t to ins tall the chassis in a rack:
• Number 1 and n umber 2 Phillips-head s crewdrivers to tigh ten th e cap tive installatio n screws on most
sy stems
• 3 /16-in ch flat-blade screwdriver for the cap tive installation screws on the superviso r engine and
switch ing modules on some sy stems
• Antistatic mat or antistatic foam in case y ou need to remo ve switching modules to troubleshoo t the
in stallation
• Rack -mou nt k it

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


3-4 OL-13972-02
Chapter 3 Installing the Switch
Installing the Switch in a Rack

• Tape measure
• Level
• Your own electrostatic discharge (ESD) grou nding strap or the d isposable ESD strap included with
the sy stem

Installing the Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches in a Rack


To install a Catalyst 450 0 E-series switch in an equip ment rack, follow these steps :

Step 1 Place the chassis on the floo r or on a sturd y table near the rack.
Step 2 Use a tape measu re to verify the in terior dimension s o f the rack:
• Measure the depth of the rack from the outside o f the front mo unting posts to the ou tside of the rear
mounting strip. The d epth mus t be at least 19.25 inches (48 .9 cm) but not greater than 32 inch es
(81 .3 cm).
• Measure the space b etween th e in ner edges o f th e left front and rig ht front mounting posts to ensure
that it is 17.75 inches (45.09 cm) wide. (The chassis is 17.25 inches [43 .8 cm] wid e and must fit
between the mounting po sts.)
Step 3 Carefully lift the chassis and po sition the rear of the ch assis between th e equ ipmen t rack mountin g posts
an d s lide the chassis into the rack un til the L brackets on th e sides of the chassis are flush with th e
eq uipment rack fron t po sts. (See Figure 3 -1.)

Note Figure 3-1 illustrate the installatio n of a Cataly st 4 506-E switch. The oth er Catalyst 4500
E-series switches are installed in the eq uipment rack the same way.

Step 4 Align the mounting h oles in the L bracket with the mounting h oles in the equ ipmen t rack posts. Use a
tap e measure and level to ensure that the ch assis is pos itio ned in the rack straight and level. If necessary,
install at least six clip-nuts or cage-nu ts (three p er side) on the rack post to receive the installatio n
screws.
Step 5 Secure th e chassis u sing at least six (three per side) 12 -24 x 3/4 -inch screws thro ugh th e elon gated h oles
in the L bracket and into th e threaded holes in the mounting p ost (or th e clip-nu ts o r cage-nuts).

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 3-5
Chapte r 3 Installin g the Switch
Installing the Switch in a Rack

Figure 3-1 Installing the Switch in the Rack (Catalyst 4506-E Switch Shown)

a. Attach the cable gu ide, if need ed, using the M3 screws p rovid ed in the cable management kit. The
cable gu ide attaches to p rethreaded h oles in either L bracket. (See Figure 3-2.)

Note We recommen d th at you attach the cable guide to the right side o f the switch ch assis to prevent
the n etwo rk interface cables fro m ob scu ring switchin g module fro nt pan el LEDs.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


3-6 OL-13972-02
Chapter 3 Installing the Switch
Establishing the System Ground Connection

Figure 3-2 Attaching the Cable Guide to the Chassis (Catalyst 4506-E Switch Shown)

Step 6 Verify th at on all installed su pervisor eng ines and switching modu les, th e ejector lev ers are co mpletely
clo sed and that th e captive in stallation screws are tigh t.

Establishing the System Ground Connection


The system (NEBS) g roun d prov ides additional grounding for EMI shielding requirements and
gro unding fo r the low voltag e su pplies (DC-DC converters) o n the modules and is inten ded to satisfy the
Telcord ia Technolog ies NEBS req uiremen ts for su pplemental bond ing and g roun ding connectio ns.
Proper groun ding practices ensure that th e building s and the installed equipment within them have
low-imped ance conn ections and low-voltag e differentials b etween ch assis. Wh en yo u in clud e
NEBS-comp liant system gro unds, you redu ce or prevent shock hazard s, greatly reduce th e chan ces of
eq uipment d amage d ue to transients, an d s ubstantially red uce the p oten tial fo r data corruption .
Withou t pro per and complete system groundin g, you run the risk of increased compon en t damage du e to
ESD. Additionally, you have a greatly increased chance of data co rruption, sy stem lock up, and frequ ent
system reboot situations by not using a system (NEBS co mplian t) ground.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 3-7
Chapte r 3 Installin g the Switch
Establishing the System Ground Connection

Required Tools and Parts


To co nnect the s ystem ground , you n eed the following too ls and parts:
• Grou nding lug—A two-hole standard barrel lug that suppo rts u p to 6 AWG wire. The gro unding lug
is up plied as part of accessory k it.
• Grou nding screws—Two M4 x 8 mm (metric) pan-head screws that are supp lied as p art of the
accessory kit.
• Grou nding wire—No t sup plied as part of the accesso ry kit. The grou nding wire sh ould be s ized
according to local and national in stallation requ iremen ts. Depending o n th e power su pply and
sy stem, a 12 AWG to 6 AWG copp er con ductor is required for U.S. installations. Commercially
available 6 AWG wire is recommended. The length of the gro unding wire depen ds on the proximity
o f the switch to proper ground ing facilities.
• No. 1 Phillips-head screwd river.
• Crimping tool to crimp the g rou nding wire to the gro unding lug .
• Wire-stripping too l to remove the ins ulatio n fro m th e groundin g wire.

Connecting System Ground

Caution Installatio ns th at rely solely on system grou nding usin g only an AC third-prong g roun d run a
su bstantially greater risk of equipment pro blems and data corruption th an thos e installation s th at use
b oth the AC third -prong ground and a p rop erly installed system (NEBS compliant) ground .

To attach th e ground ing lug an d cable to the gro unding pad, follow th ese steps :

Step 1 Use a wire-stripp ing tool to remove approximately 0.75 inch (1 9 mm) of the coverin g from th e end of
th e groundin g wire.
Step 2 Insert the stripped end of the gro unding wire into the open end of the gro unding lug .
Step 3 Crimp the ground ing wire in the b arrel of the g rou nding lug. Verify that the gro und wire is securely
attached to the g roun d lug by holding the gro und lug and gently pulling on the gro und wire.
Step 4 Locate and remove the adhesive label covering the system g rou nding pad on the switch chassis. (See
Figure 3 -3.)

Note All Catalyst 450 0 E-series chass is h ave th e system grou nd pad in th e same locatio n.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


3-8 OL-13972-02
Chapter 3 Installing the Switch
Completing the Installation Process

Figure 3-3 Connecting System Ground on the Switch

1 System ground ing wire 3 Groundin g lug


2 Screws (M4) 4 Chas sis g rou nding pad

Step 5 Place the gro unding lug against the ground ing pad making su re th ere is goo d metal-to-metal co ntact
between the lug and the bare metal o f the chassis and that the groun ding lug an d th e attached wire will
not interfere with o ther switch hardware or rack equipment.
Step 6 Secure the sy stem ground lug to the ch assis with th e two M4 screws.
Step 7 Prepare the other en d of the ground ing wire and conn ect it to an ap prop riate gro unding point at y our site
to ens ure adequate earth ground for the switch. Co nsult with you r local electrician to determine the
ap pro priate place to attach the gou nd wire.

Completing the Installation Process


Perform the following proced ures to comp lete the installation pro cess.

Attaching the Power Cords


Verify that you have the correct p ower supply (AC-inp ut o r DC-in put an d th e co rrect wattage) for you r
co nfiguration. Con nect the chassis power sup plies to the site power by referring to the “Remov ing and
Ins talling the AC-Input Power Supplies” section on page 4-2 or the “Removing and In stalling the
DC-Inpu t Power Supp lies ” section on page 4-8 .

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 3-9
Chapte r 3 Installin g the Switch
Completing the Installation Process

Connecting the Supervisor Engine Console Port


This section describes how to co nnect a termin al or mo dem to the s uperviso r en gine conso le port. The
conso le port on the sup ervisor eng ine allows you to perform the following fu nctio ns:
• Con figure the switch from the CLI.
• Mo nitor netwo rk statistics and errors.
• Con figure SNMP agen t parameters.
• Downlo ad software updates to the switch , or d istribute so ftware images resid ing in flash memory to
attached devices.
The conso le port is located on the front panel of the sup ervisor eng ine.

Note The accessory kit th at shipp ed with y our Catalys t 45 00 E-series switch contains the RJ-45-to-DB-25
DTE adapter, but does not con tain the co nsole cable. The con sole cable is availab le as an option .

To co nnect a termin al to the conso le port, follow these steps:

Step 1 Place the conso le port mo de switch in the in p osition (factory default).
Step 2 Con nect to the po rt using an RJ-4 5-to -RJ-45 cable an d RJ-45-to-DB-25 DTE adapter or RJ-45 -to-DB-9
DTE adapter (labeled “Termin al”).
Step 3 Positio n th e cable in the cab le guide (if installed). Make su re th ere are no sharp bends in the cable.
Step 4 Check the terminal documentation to determin e the baud rate. The baud rate o f the terminal must match
th e default bau d rate (9600 baud) o f the cons ole port. Set u p th e terminal as follows:
• 9 600 baud
• 8 data b its
• No parity
• 2 sto p b its
With th is conso le connectio n, yo u can co nfigure the switch as describ ed in Ap pen dix C, “Initial
Con figuratio n for the Switch,” an d then as d iscu ssed in th e s oftware co nfiguration gu ide ap pro priate fo r
y our switch’s so ftware release, and monito r the so ftware as th e switch goes thro ugh its startup ro utine.

Note If you move a sup ervisor eng in e from a Cataly st 4 500 series chassis to a Catalyst 45 03-E chassis or
Cataly st 4 506-E chas sis, th e sup ervisor en gine must use Cis co IOS Release 12.2(37)SG or later releases.
See you r release notes for s oftware upg rade p rocedures if needed :

h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/switches/lan/catalyst450 0/release/note/OL_5184 .html# wp30 5142

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


3-10 OL-13972-02
Chapter 3 Installing the Switch
Completing the Installation Process

Connecting the Supervisor Engine Uplink Ports


This sectio n d escrib es how to connect to the superv isor engine uplink po rts. Some superv isor engine
uplink ports may requ ire the installation of tran sceivers into the supervisor en gine port sockets. Refer to
the applicable transceiv er in stallation notes for instru ction s o n h ow to correctly install the transceiver
into your supervis or engine u plink port.

Warning Invisible laser radiation may be emit ted from disconnected fibers or connectors. Do not stare into
beams or view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1051

Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008

Note In a redundant config uration with two su pervisor en gines, the uplink ports on the red undant (standby )
superv isor engine are active and can b e used for normal traffic like any other po rts in the chassis.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 3-11
Chapte r 3 Installin g the Switch
Completing the Installation Process

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


3-12 OL-13972-02
CH AP T E R 4
Removal and Replacement Procedures

Revis ed: March 2 013

This chap ter provid es removal and rep lacement procedu res for th e following Catalys t 45 00-E series
field-replaceable units (FRUs):
• Removin g and Installing the AC-Inp ut Power Sup plies , page 4-2
• Removin g and Installing the DC-Input Power Supplies, page 4-8
• Removin g and Installing the Chassis Fan Tray As sembly, p age 4-1 4
• Removin g and Installing the Back plan e Modu les , page 4-16
• Ins talling the Remote Power Cyclin g Featu re Co ntrol Wires (Optio nal), p age 4-2 0

Tip Fo r ad ditional in formatio n abo ut th e Cisco Catalyst 4 500 E-series s witches (including config uration
examples and troublesho oting information), see the documents lis ted on this page:

http://preview.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps432 4/tsd_produ cts_s upport_series_ho me.html

Warning Read the installation instructions before connecting the system to t he power source. Statement 1004

Warning Only trained and qualified personnel should be al lowed t o install, replace, or service this equipment.
Statement 1030

Warning This equipment must be grounded. Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equi pment in the
absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrical inspection
authori ty or an el ectrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available. Statement 1024

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-1
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Removing and Installing the AC-Input Power Supplies

Warning Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove jewelry (i ncluding rings,
necklaces, and watches). Metal obj ects will heat up when connected to power and ground and can
cause serious burns or weld the metal object t o the terminals. Statement 43

Warning Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations.
Statement 1040

For proced ures to remove and replace su perviso r engin es an d switch ing mo dules, see the Catalyst 45 00
S eries Mod ule Installation Guide.

Removing and Installing the AC-Input Power Supplies


This section describes how to remove and install the AC-input power su pplies for the Catalyst 4500 -E
series switches. The section is contains the following topics:
• Required Tools , pag e 4-4
• Removing an AC-Input Power Supply, page 4-5
• Installing an AC-Inp ut Power Sup ply, page 4-7

Warning Hazardous voltage or energy is present on the backplane when the syst em is operating. Use caution
when servicing. Statement 1034

Figure 4 -1 shows a single-in put AC-input power supply, Figure 4-2 shows a dual-input AC-input power
su pply, and Figure 4-3 sh ows a triple-input AC-input power su pply.

Note The power supplies are ho t-swapp able, so in red undant mode, you will n ot n eed to power down the
switch to rep lace or upgrad e mo st power supplies. With dual power supplies running in combined mo de,
so me chas sis slo ts may lose p ower during an u pgrade or power supply replacement.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-2 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Removing and Installing the AC-Input Power Supplies

Figure 4-1 AC-Input Power Supply (Single-Input)

2
231375

1 AC in receptacle 3 Captive installation screws


2 Power on/off switch

Figure 4-2 Dual-Input AC-Input Power Supply (4200 W and 6000 W)

100-120V-
12A
50/60Hz

4 OUTP{UT

FAN OK
FAI:

3 INPUT
OK
1
POE ENABLED

2 INPUT
OK
2
231376

1
100-120V-
12A
50/60Hz

4600ACV

1 AC in put 2 receptacle 4 AC input 1 receptacle


2 AC in put 2 o n/off switch 5 Captive installation screws
3 AC in put 1 o n/off switch

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-3
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Removing and Installing the AC-Input Power Supplies

Figure 4-3 Triple-Input AC-Input Power Supply (9000 W)

6
346601

4
3
2

1 Power su pply status LEDs 5 AC in co nnectors (IE60 320/C20) (3 inpu ts)


2 Remote p ower cycling feature terminal block 6 AC power switch es (3 s witches )
3 Handle 7 Captive installation screws (2X)
4 Power cord con nector retentio n clips

Required Tools
You need a flathead or Phillips -head s crewd river to perform these proced ures.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-4 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Removing and Installing the AC-Input Power Supplies

Removing an AC-Input Power Supply


To remove the AC-input power su pply, fo llow thes e steps:

Step 1 Set the AC-input power s upply power switch to the off (0) p osition (s ee Figure 4-4 ).

Figure 4-4 Powering Off the Power Switch (Single-Input Power Supply Shown)

Power switch
79138

Note There are two on/off switch es on the 4200 W and the 6000 W AC-inpu t power su pplies an d three
on /off switch es on the 9000 W AC-input power supply. Each switch con trols one of the source
AC inputs.

Step 2 Loos en the side-clamp screw on the p ower cord plu g (see Figure 4-5).

Figure 4-5 Loosening the Side-Clamp Screw (Single-Input Power Supply Shown)
79139

Step 3 Disconnect th e power cord app liance p lug from the AC-in receptacle.
Step 4 Loos en the two captive screws on the power sup ply (see Figure 4 -6).

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-5
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Removing and Installing the AC-Input Power Supplies

Figure 4-6 Loosening the Captive Screws

Captive screws
79140

Caution Use bo th h and s to g rasp an d s upport a power su pply.

Step 5 Grasp the power supply handle with one h and . Place yo ur other hand und erneath to suppo rt the bo ttom
o f the power supply, as shown in Figure 4-7.

Figure 4-7 Handling an AC-Input Power Supply


79141

Step 6 Slide the power supply out of the bay an d set it asid e.
Step 7 If the power supply bay is to remain emp ty, install a blank p ower su pply cover (WS-C4K-PS-CVR) over
th e opening. Secure the b lank p ower supply cover with the two mountin g screws.

Warning Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure t o
hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI)
that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassi s. Do not
operate the system unless all cards, facepl ates, front covers, and rear covers are in place.
Statement 1029

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-6 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Removing and Installing the AC-Input Power Supplies

Installing an AC-Input Power Supply

Warning The plug-socket combination must be accessible at all times, because it serves as the main
disconnecting device. Statement 1019

To install an AC-input power su pply, fo llow thes e steps:

Step 1 Remove the rep lacement power su pply from its shipping packaging.
Step 2 Verify that the replacemen t p ower supply p ower switch is in th e off (0) position.
Step 3 If necessary, remove th e blank power su pply cover from th e empty power supp ly bay by remov ing the
two Phillips-head screws. Save the blan k faceplate and the two s crews for future use.

Caution Use both hands to handle a power sup ply.

Step 4 Grasp the power su pply handle with one h and and place your other hand underneath to suppo rt the
bottom of th e power su pply, as sh own in Figure 4-7, and slide th e power su pply all the way into the
power sup ply bay. Make sure that the power su pply is fully seated in the b ay.
Step 5 Tighten the two captiv e installation screws (see Figure 4-1) on the front panel of th e AC-in put power
supply.
Step 6 Before you connect the power su pply to a power s ource, verify that all site power and ground ing
requirements have been met.
Step 7 Verify that yo u h ave th e correct AC p ower co rd for you r location and power s upply rating . See
App end ix A, “Power Su pply Sp ecificatio ns,” for a list of supp orted AC power cords for yo ur particular
AC-inp ut p ower supp ly.
Step 8 Plu g the power cord ap plian ce con nector in to the power s upply AC-in receptacle (see Figure 4-8) and
tighten the screw on the p ower cord retention clip.

Figure 4-8 Plugging the Power Cord into the Power Supply (Single-Input Power Supply Shown)
79142

Step 9 Plu g the other end of th e power cord to source AC.

Note In a chas sis with dual p ower supplies or power supplies with multiple AC inp uts, it is
recommended that yo u con nect each AC power cord to a separate sou rce AC circu it.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-7
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Removing and Installing the DC-Input Power Supplies

Step 10 Set th e power switch to the on (| ) position (see Figure 4-9).

Figure 4-9 Powering On the Power Supply (Single-Input Power Supply Shown)

Power switch
79143

Step 11 Verify the power supply operation by checking th e p ower su pply’s fro nt-panel LEDs. Yo u shou ld see th e
followin g:
• The LED labeled GOOD or INPUT OK is green.
• The LED labeled OUTPUT FAIL is not lit.
• The LED labeled FAN OK is green.
Step 12 Check th e power supply and system status fro m the sy stem co nsole by en tering sho w power command.
For mo re in formatio n on this command, see the command referen ce publication for y our switch.
Step 13 If the LEDs o r show power command output indicate a p ower problem or other system prob lem, see
Chapter 5, “Troubleshoo ting,” for mo re in formatio n.

Removing and Installing the DC-Input Power Supplies


This section des cribes how to remov e and install the DC-input power supp lies and contains the fo llowing
to pics:
• Required Tools, pag e 4-8
• Removing a DC-Input Power Supply, p age 4-9
• Installing a DC-In put Power Su pply, page 4 -12

Required Tools
You need the following tools to perform this procedu re:
• A Phillip s-head screwdriver
• A 1 0-mm wrench /socket
• Wire cutters (you might need to cut any cable ties th at are in stalled on the p ower supp ly)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-8 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Removing and Installing the DC-Input Power Supplies

Removing a DC-Input Power Supply

Warning Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from t he DC circuit.
Statement 1003

To remove a DC-input power supply, follow these steps:

Step 1 Turn off the in -line power switch on the DC-in put power sup ply front panel. (This step applies to the
single input power sup ply only, PWR-C45-1400DC-P; the triple-inpu t power supply,
PWR-C4 5-1 400DC, does not have this switch.)
Step 2 Verify that power is o ff to the DC circuit on the power sup ply that you are removing . As an ad ded
precau tion, place the appropriate s afety flag and lock out d evices at th e source power circuit b reaker, o r
place a piece of adhesive tape over the circu it breaker handle to preven t accidental p ower restoratio n
while you are work ing on the circuit.
Step 3 Loos en the screw on the terminal block cover, remove the cover fro m the terminal blo ck, and set it aside
(see Figure 4 -10 or Figure 4-11).

Note The triple-input power supply has two screws securing the terminal block cover.

Figure 4-10 DC-Input Power Supply

Main power switch


In-line power switch
Captive screw
Serial communication
connector

Captive screw

Terminal block
79160

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-9
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Removing and Installing the DC-Input Power Supplies

Figure 4-11 DC Triple-Input Power Supply

Captive screw
Output Fail LED Plus (+)
Fan OK LED
Minus (-)
Input OK 1, 2, 3 LEDs

Captive
screw

-
1
+

-
2
231891

-
3
+

Power switch 1, 2, 3 Terminal block

Ground lugs

Step 4 Disco nnect the DC-in put wires from the termin al block. Disconnect the gro und wire last (see
Figure 4 -12 or Figure 4-1 3).

Warning When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and
disconnected last. Statement 1046

Figure 4-12 Connecting the DC-Input Wires

RS-485 serial
communnication
connector

DC-input wires
Negative
Positive
79161

Ground

Grounding lug

Grounding lug nuts

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-10 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Removing and Installing the DC-Input Power Supplies

Figure 4-13 Connecting the DC-Input Wires (Triple-Input Power Supply)

-
DC-input wires
1
+ Negative
-
2 Positive
231892

-
3
+

Grounding lugs (2) Ground

Grounding lug nut

Step 5 Loos en the two captive screws on the power sup ply. (See Figure 4-14, which shows the single-inp ut
power sup ply. The triple-in put power sup ply has captiv e screws in the same location.)

Figure 4-14 Loosening the Captive Screws

Captive screws
79162

Step 6 Grasp the p ower supply handle with one hand. Place your o ther h and un derneath as y ou s lowly pull th e
power sup ply out of the ch assis power supply bay (see Figu re 4 -15).

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-11
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Removing and Installing the DC-Input Power Supplies

Figure 4-15 Handling a DC-Input Power Supply


79163

Step 7 If the chassis power s upply bay is to remain empty, install a blan k power supp ly filler plate
(WS-C4KE-PS-CVR) over th e opening and secure it with th e mo unting screws. The blank p ower su pply
filler p late pro tects the inner chassis from dust an d preven ts accidental con tact with the live vo ltage at
th e rear of the bay.

Warning Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure t o
hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI)
that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassi s. Do not
operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers, and rear covers are in place. Statement
1029

Installing a DC-Input Power Supply

Warning Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit.
Statement 1003

Warning A readily accessible two-poled disconnect device must be incorporated in the fixed wiring. Statement
1022

Warning This product requires short-circuit (overcurrent) protection, to be provided as part of the building
installation. Install only i n accordance with national and local wiring regulations. Statement 1045

Warning Use copper conductors only. Statement 1025

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-12 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Removing and Installing the DC-Input Power Supplies

Warning When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or
spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations should be the appropriate size for the wires and
should clamp both the insulation and conductor. Statement 1002

To install a DC-input power supply, follow these steps:

Step 1 Verify that power is o ff to the DC circuit on the power sup ply that you are removing . As an ad ded
precau tion, place the appropriate s afety flag and lock out d evices at th e source power circuit b reaker, o r
place a piece of adhesive tape over the circu it breaker handle to preven t accidental p ower restoratio n
while you are work ing on the circuit.
Step 2 Grasp the p ower supply handle with o ne hand. Place your oth er hand und erneath it as you slowly insert
the power supply into the bay (see Figure 4-15). Make su re th at the p ower supp ly is fully seated in the
bay.
Step 3 Tighten the cap tive screws on the power supply (see Figure 4-14).
Step 4 Before you connect the power su pply to a power s ource, ensure that all site power an d g rou nding
requirements have been met.
Step 5 Remove the terminal block cover fro m the terminal b lock .
Step 6 Connect the s ource DC cables to the power supply terminal block. The proper wiring seq uen ce is ground
to gro und, positive to positive, and negative to n egative (s ee Figure 4-12 o r Figure 4-1 3 dep end ing on
your installation).
The 1400W triple-in put power sup ply has two g roun ding posts; use the one that is most convenient fo r
your installation.

Warning When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and
disconnected l ast . Statement 1046

Step 7 After ensu ring that all wire conn ections are s ecure, reinstall the terminal b lock cover.

Caution In a system with mu ltiple power s upplies or a sin gle triple-input power supply, connect each power
supply to a separate DC power source. In the event o f a p ower s ource failure, if the second source is s till
availab le, it can maintain maximu m overcurrent protection for each power conn ection.

Step 8 Remove any safety flag and lockout devices o r any tap e from th e sou rce DC circu it breaker switch handle
an d restore power by movin g th e circuit breaker switch han dle to the o n (|) position.
Step 9 Turn the power sup ply power switch to the on (|) position.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-13
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Removing and Installing the Chassis Fan Tray Assembly

Step 10 Verify power supply op eratio n by checking the power supply ’s fro nt-panel LEDs. Yo u should see the
followin g:
• The LED labeled INPUT OK is green.
• The LED labeled OUTPUT FAIL is not lit.
Step 11 Check the power supply and system s tatus from the system conso le by en tering the show power
command. For more info rmation on the commands, see the command reference p ublication for yo ur
switch and software.
Step 12 If the LEDs or the show power command (Cis co IOS) output indicate a p ower pro blem or other system
p roblem, s ee Chapter 5, “Troub lesho oting,” for mo re information.

Removing and Installing the Chassis Fan Tray Assembly


This section describes how to remove and install the chassis fan tray assembly for the Catalyst 4500
E-series switches and is contains the following top ics:
• Required Tools, pag e 4-14
• Removing the Fan Tray Assembly, page 4-14
• Installing the Fan Tray Assembly, page 4-15
Figure 4 -16 illustrates the Catalyst 4 506-E system fan tray assembly. Th e fan tray assemblies fo r the
o ther chassis attach in a very similar way.

Required Tools
You will need a Phillip s-head screwdriver for the followin g two pro cedures.

Removing the Fan Tray Assembly

Warning When removing the fan tray, keep your hands and fingers away from the spinning fan blades. Let the
fan blades completely stop before you remove the fan tray. Statement 258

Caution Never operate the system for an extended p eriod if the fan tray assembly is removed or if it is not
functioning p roperly. An overtemperature co ndition can cau se severe equipment damage.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-14 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Removing and Installing the Chassis Fa n Tray Assemb ly

To remove the existing fan tray assemb ly, follow th ese steps :

Step 1 Loos en the two captive in stallation screws on the fan tray assembly.

Figure 4-16 Catalyst 4506-E System Fan Tray Assembly

4506

1
231372

1 Captive installation screws 2 Fan tray assemb ly

Step 2 Grasp the fan tray assembly h an dle and slide the fan tray assembly o ut of the chassis; g en tly move it side
to s id e if necessary to unseat it fro m the b ackplane. Remo ve the fan tray assembly from the chas sis and
set it as ide.

Installing the Fan Tray Assembly


To install the rep lacement fan tray assemb ly, follow these s teps:

Step 1 Remove the rep lacement fan tray assemb ly fro m th e shipp in g packaging.
Step 2 Hold the fan tray ass embly with th e fans facing to the right.
Step 3 Place the fan tray assembly into the fan tray assembly bay so it rests on the chassis, and th en lift the fan
tray as sembly up slig htly, alig ning the top and botto m g uides.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-15
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Removing and Installing the Backplane Modules

Step 4 Slide the fan tray assembly into the chassis until the two captiv e installation screws make contact with
th e ch ass is .
Step 5 Tigh ten the two captive in stallation screws to secure the fan tray assembly in the chassis.

Verifying the Installation

Note To ch eck the op eratio n of the fans, yo u n eed to power up the ch assis.

To verify th at the n ew fan tray assemb ly is in stalled co rrectly an d is op eratin g p rop erly, follow th ese
steps:

Step 1 Listen for the fans; you shou ld immediately h ear them operating. If y ou do not hear th em, ens ure that
th e fan tray assemb ly is inserted completely in th e ch assis an d that th e faceplate is flush with th e switch
b ack panel.
Step 2 The fan tray assembly LED s hould light and be green.
Step 3 If after several attemp ts the fans do not operate, or if you experience tro uble with the installation (for
in stance, if the captive in stallation screws do not align with the chassis holes), co ntact the Cisco TAC
for assistance.

Removing and Installing the Backplane Modules


There are five red undancy mo dules (also called mu x bu ffers) and one clock module on the
Cataly st 4 507R-E and th e Catalyst 4507 R+E switch chassis backp lane. The Cataly st 4 510R-E and th e
Cataly st 4 510R+E have eight red undancy modules on their backplane. Th ey are access ible from th e front
o f the chass is by removing all of the superv isor eng ines, switchin g modules, an d blank slot covers. Th ere
are two types of red undancy mo dules, and they are interchangeab le.
The clo ck module rep lacement procedure is identical to the redu ndancy module rep lacement pro cedure.
Both the redun dan cy modu les and the clock modules are not hot-swappable; the switch must be shut
d own to replace them.
To replace the backplane mod ules , fo llow thes e steps:

Step 1 Make sure that yo u are grounded with an ESD strap.


Step 2 Turn off the power to th e ch assis .
Step 3 Make a record of all network interface cab le connectio ns to th e switch. Also, make a record o f the
switch ing modules an d th eir s lo t assign ments. This step will aid yo u when you return the sy stem to
o peration after the removal and rep lacement procedu re is completed .
Step 4 Disco nnect all o f the netwo rk interface cables to the switch and carefully set them aside.
Step 5 Remove all su pervisor eng ines and switching modules from th e chass is and carefully place each one in
a sep arate an tistatic bag or on an ind iv idual antistatic mat.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-16 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Removing a nd Installing the Backplane Modules

Caution Do not stack mo dules o n to p of each other. Th is action can cause serious damage to the modules.

Note Generic switching mod ule rep lacement procedu res are documented at
http ://www.cis co.com/en /US/docs/switches/lan/catalyst4500 /hardware/configuration/n otes /gM
dCf_nt.html

Step 6 Locate th e b ackplane modules that yo u need to rep lace. Figu re 4 -17 shows a front view o f the backplane
with the superviso r engines and switch in g modules removed .

Figure 4-17 Catalyst 4507R-E Backplane

Clock module
130657

Mux buffers

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-17
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Removing and Installing the Backplane Modules

Step 7 If you are removing a clo ck modu le, remove the two screws that secure the clock mo dule to the
b ackplane.
Step 8 Locate th e seating levers on both sides of the co nnector for the modu le that y ou want to replace. (See
Figure 4 -18.)

Figure 4-18 Finding the Seating Levers


130658

Step 9 To release the module from its co nnector, p ull the lev ers outward with you r fingernails. Th e mo dule will
p op out slightly. (See Figure 4 -19.)

Figure 4-19 Releasing the Module


130659

Step 10 Pull the module o ut of th e con nector by grasp ing th e top left and right corners. (See Figure 4-20.) Place
th e old module in an antistatic bag or on an an tistatic foam pad .

Note Wh en handlin g th e modu les, do not touch the chips or th e gold edge con tacts on the mod ule.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-18 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Removing a nd Installing the Backplane Modules

Figure 4-20 Removing the Module


130660

Step 11 Remove the replacement module fro m its pack agin g. Be careful not to touch th e chips or the g old edg e
co ntacts on the mo dule.
Step 12 Carefully positio n th e replacement mo dule in the so cket, and gently push the mo dule down to s eat it in
the so cket. Make s ure that you apply force evenly on both the left and right side of the mod ule. (See
Figure 4-2 1.)

Figure 4-21 Seating the Replacement Module


130661

Step 13 Mak e sure that the modu le is fully seated and that it is clip ped in by the levers on both sid es. (See
Figure 4-2 2.)

Figure 4-22 Correct Module Seating

Good Bad
130662

Step 14 Repeat Step 6 throu gh Step 13 for any other modules that y ou need to replace.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-19
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Installing the Remote Power Cycling Feature Control Wires (Optional)

Step 15 If you are installing a clo ck modu le, secure the mo dule to the b ackplane u sing the two screws from the
earlier removal.
Step 16 Reinstall th e supervisor engines and the switchin g mo dules in their p rev ious slots.
Step 17 Reco nnect all o f the netwo rk interface cables to the switching modu les.
Step 18 Restore power to the switch.

Verifying the New Modules


After the switch is reassembled an d p ower is restored, co nnect a termin al to the su pervisor eng ine and
mo nitor the boot process. Look for the following mes sages (o r an y o thers), wh ich may indicate a
p roblem with the replaced modules:
00:00:20: %C4K_SUPERVISOR-2-MUXBUFFERNOTPRESENT: Mux buffer (WS-X4K-MUX) 3 is not present
00:00:20: %C4K_SUPERVISOR-2-MUXBUFFERNOTPRESENT: Mux buffer (WS-X4K-MUX) 4 is not present
00:00:20: %C4K_SUPERVISOR-2-MUXBUFFERNOTPRESENT: Mux buffer (WS-X4K-MUX) 7 is not present

The above messages (either at startup or output from a s how logging co mmand ) indicate that the
mu x-buffer is not present in slots 3, 4 and 7. You need to rein sert and res eat th e modu les in those slots.
If the switch has already started u p, yo u may also verify the co rrect fun ction of the new modules with
th e show logging command.

Installing the Remote Power Cycling Feature Control Wires


(Optional)
The remote p ower cycling featu re allows you to p ower down an d power u p a switch chas sis through the
n etwo rk rather than being phys ically present to tu rn the power sup ply power switch off an d o n. The
remo te power cycling feature is only available o n the 600 0 W and th e 9 000 W AC-inp ut power supp lies.
Sev eral vendors make remote p ower cycling relay co ntro ller b oxes that can be u sed to power cycle the
Cataly st 4 500 E-series switch chassis. M ost of these relay contro ller b oxes have the capability of
controlling multiple power sup plies . The relay con troller boxes h ave a network in terface that allows the
u ser to remotely access the relay co ntro ller b ox and to ggle a built-in relay. The built-in relay can be
either a n ormally o pen (NO) type or an RS-2 32 typ e o f relay. We strong ly recommend that yo u purchase
a relay controller box that us es a NO relay. Th e relay con troller box is installed near the switch chassis
and is attached to the network. Two control wires exten d from the relay controller bo x to a four-po sition
termin al block located o n th e front panel of the 6000 W and 900 0 W power supp lies. A signal from the
relay controller box travels throug h th e control wires to toggle th e power s upply on or o ff.
This section only describ es how to install the remo te power cycling featu re control wires ; relay
controller box installation instru ction s s hould be prov id ed by the maker of the relay contro ller b ox.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-20 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Installing the Remote Power Cycling Feature Control W ires (Optional)

Required Tools and Components


The following tools an d comp onents are requ ired to perfo rm this procedure:
• Relay co ntro ller b ox.
We strongly recommend that yo u p urchase a relay controller box that uses a NO (normally open)
relay to control the remo te power cycling.
• Small flat-b lade screwdriver
• 18 AWG (maximum) control wire
• Wire cu tter
• Wire stripper

Installing the Remote Power-Cycling Control Wires


To install th e two control wires from the relay contro ller box to the 600 0 W or the 9000 W power supply,
follow th ese step s:

Step 1 Remove the relay co ntro ller b ox from its sh ipping packag ing.
Step 2 Ins tall the relay controller box fo llowing the in stallation documentation supplied with the pro duct.
Step 3 Measure and cu t two pieces of 18 AWG co ntrol wire long en ough to run between th e relay controller bo x
terminals and the terminal blo ck on the power su pply.
Step 4 Strip appro ximately 1/4-inch of insulation from each en d of both control wires.
Step 5 Connect the two co ntro l wires to th e relay co ntroller bo x terminals following th e instructio n
documentatio n s upplied with the relay controller box.
Step 6 Identify which pair of termin als on the power supp ly terminal blo ck (either termin als +V and IN for a
NO relay (recommen ded ) o r terminals IN and GND for an RS-232 relay) where y ou need to co nnect the
co ntrol wires. Using a small flat-blade s crewdriver, depress the wire releas e mechanism fo r one of the
terminals o n the power s upply terminal block and ins ert th e bare wire into the terminal. (See
Figure 4-2 3.) Remove th e screwd river to s ecure the wire. Gently tug on the wire to verify that it is secure
in the terminal block.
Step 7 Repeat Step 6 for th e seco nd co ntrol wire.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-21
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Installing the Remote Power Cycling Feature Control Wires (Optional)

Figure 4-23 Installing the Relay Control Wires (6000 W Power Supply Shown)

6000 Watt power supply

Remote
power on/off
Relay controller terminal block
274932

Relay
controller Ferrite
power Network bead

You are now read y to ins tall the ferrite bead on the co ntro l wires. Follow the installation instructions
su pplied in th e pack age co ntain ing the ferrite bead or th e installatio n p rocedure in the n ext section .

Installing the Ferrite Bead


The ferrite bead is a passive device that limits hig h-frequency interference o n in terface and con trol
cables , and it is only required wh en you in stall the remote power-cyclin g feature. Th e ferrite b ead is
in stalled on the two con trol wires that link the external relay controller box with th e remote
p ower-cycling terminal b lock on th e 6000 W or the 9000 W p ower supp ly.
To install the ferrite b ead on the remo te power-cy cling control wires, fo llow these steps:

Step 1 Remove the ferrite bead and th e two plastic ties from the plastic bag.
Step 2 Open th e ferrite bead as sh own in Figure 4-2 4, View A.
Step 3 Place the two remote power-cyclin g con trol wires (18 AWG maximum) in the ferrite bead as shown in
Figure 4 -24, View B. Clos e the ferrite bead making sure that the two halves have co mpletely snapped
to geth er and are secure.
Step 4 Locate a poin t on th e remote power-cy cling co ntro l wires that leaves appro ximately 1 to 2 inches (2.5 to
5 cm) of expo sed wire from th e remote power cy cling termin al block located on the fro nt of the p ower
su pply. Wrap o ne of the 4-inch plastic ties arou nd the remote p ower-cycling con trol wires at that point.
Tigh ten the plastic tie so that it is snu g against the control wires and canno t slid e. See Figu re 4 -24,
View C.
Step 5 Slide the ferrite b ead s o that it is position ed just b ehin d the first p lastic tie wrap. Take the second plastic
tie and wrap it aro und the control wires directly behind the ferrite bead and tighten it so that th e ferrite
b ead canno t slid e up or d own the control wires. See Figure 4-24, View C.
Step 6 To finish the pro cedure, trim the excess p lastic strap from the two p lastic tie wrap s.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-22 OL-13972-02
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Procedures
Installing the Remote Power Cycling Feature Control W ires (Optional)

Figure 4-24 Installing the Ferrite Bead

View A View B

Ferrite bead open

Approximately
1 to 2 inches (2.5 to 5 cm)
View C

To power supply remote


power on/off terminal block

Tie wrap Tie wrap


181876

Ferrite bead

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 4-23
Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement Proced ures
Installing the Remote Power Cycling Feature Control Wires (Optional)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


4-24 OL-13972-02
CH AP T E R 5
Troubleshooting

This chap ter describes how to p erform bas ic tro ubleshooting o n th e Catalyst 450 0 E-series switch.
Problems with the initial startup are often caused by a switch ing modu le th at has become dislodg ed fro m
the backplane or a power cord that is disconnected fro m the power sup ply.
Altho ugh temp eratu re conditions ab ove the maximu m acceptable level rarely occu r at initial startup,
some environ mental monitoring functions are in clud ed in this chapter because they also monitor power
supply o utput voltages.

Note Information about troub lesh ooting software features and con figuratio n problems is not d is cus sed in this
ch apter.

More up to date information can be fo und in the release notes or Error Message Decoder tool.
Information sp ecific to y our so ftware release can be foun d in the software configuration g uide for that
release, or in the system mess age guide for your release. The fo llowing links may be useful in
co mbination with this ch apter:
• Release notes

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/h w/switches/ps43 24/prod_release_ notes_list.html


• Error Message Decod er

http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/Suppo rt/Erro rdecoder/ind ex.cgi


• Software config uration guid e

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/h w/switches/ps43 24/products_installation_and_configurati


on_g uides_list.html
• System message guid e

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/h w/switches/ps43 24/products_sys tem_message_guides_list


.h tml
Th is chap ter presented in the following section s:
• System Boot Verification , page 5-2
• Using LEDs to Iden tify Startup Prob lems , page 5-3
• System Messages , page 5 -4
• Trou bles hooting with Software, p age 5-4
• Trou bles hooting the Power Su pply, page 5 -4

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-1
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
System Boot Verification

• Troublesho oting the Fan Assembly, page 5-6


• Troublesho oting Backplane M odules, page 5-7
• Troublesho oting Switching Modules, pag e 5-8
• Troublesho oting Superviso r Engin es, page 5-10
• Some Problems an d Solu tio ns, p age 5-1 4

Note This chapter covers only the chassis component hardware aspects of trou blesh ooting. Fo r software
configuration issu es, refer to the software configuration gu ide

h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches /ps4324 /prod ucts _installation _an d_config uration_g


u ides_ list.h tml

or co mmand reference

h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches /ps4324 /prod _command _referen ce_list.html

for your software release.

System Boot Verification


When the initial system b oot is complete, verify the following :
• That the system so ftware boo ts su ccessfully
Hook up a terminal and view th e startup b ann er. Use an RJ-4 5-to -RJ-45 rollover cable to connect
th e co nsole p ort to a PC with terminal emulation software set for 9 600 baud, 8 d ata b its, no parity,
and 1 stop bit. Watch for any sys tem mes sages after startup .
• That the power sup plies are supply in g power to the sy stem
The power su pply’s LEDs s hould b e green. Use th e show environment Cisco IOS command to v iew
p ower supply activ ity.
• That the system fan assembly is operating
Listen for fan activity. The Fan tray LED shou ld be green during operation. Use the show
env ironment Cisco IOS comman d to v iew fan tray activity.
• That the superv isor engine and all switching modu les are in stalled properly in their slots, and that
each initialized with out pro blems
If all o f these condition s are met and the h ardware installation is complete, refer to the software
configuration gu ide and comman d reference pu blications for you r switch so that y ou can trou bles hoot
th e software.
If any of these conditio ns is n ot met, u se th e p rocedures in this chapter to isolate and, if possib le, reso lv e
th e problem.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-2 OL-13972-02
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Using LEDs to Id entify Startup Problems

Using LEDs to Identify Startup Problems


The key to success wh en troubleshoo ting the system is to iso late the problem to a specific system
co mponent. You r first s tep is to compare what the system is do ing to what it sho uld be do ing. All system
states in the startu p sequ ence are indicated by LEDs. By check ing the LEDs, you can determine when
an d where the system failed in the startu p sequence. If you hav e prob lems after th e switch is on, refer to
the following su bsystem troub lesh ooting information and the configuration proced ures in the software
co nfiguration guide for your switch .
After y ou co nnect the power cords to your Catalyst 4 500 series s witch, follow these steps to d etermine
whether you r system is op eratin g prop erly:

Step 1 Check the p ower supp ly LEDs:


• The LED labeled GOOD should turn green when power is applied to th e supp ly. The LED sho uld
remain o n d urin g n ormal system o peration.
• If th e LED lab eled GOOD does not light, or if the LED labeled FAIL lig hts, see th e
“Troublesho oting the Power Supp ly” sectio n on page 5-4.

Note If a power supply is in stalled and not con nected to a power source, p ower s upply LEDs ind icate
a failure.

Step 2 Listen for the system fan ass embly. The system fan ass embly sh ould be o peratin g whenever sy stem
power is on. If y ou do not hear it when th e switch is on, s ee the “Trou blesh ooting the Fan Assembly ”
section on page 5-6.
Step 3 Check that th e LEDs on the su perviso r en gine ligh t as follows:
• The LED labeled STATUS flashes orang e once and stays orange during diagnostic b oot tests .
– It turns green when the mod ule is operational (on line).
– If th e system software is unable to s tart u p, this LED stays orange.
– If th e LED lab eled STATUS o n th e supervisor engine front panel is red or orange, conn ect a
co nsole to the management p ort and use the show enviro nment command to check for possible
pro blems .
• The Ethernet management port LED turns green when the mo dule is o perational (o nline) and a link
is estab lished with an other n etwo rk device. If no s ignal is detected, the LED labeled LINK turn s off.
If th ere is a problem with the s uperviso r en gine, try reseating the superviso r engine in the ch assis
an d restarting the s witch. For more troubleshoo ting info rmation, s ee th e “Trou blesh ooting
Superviso r Engin es ” section on page 5-10.
Step 4 Verify that the LEDs labeled STATUS on each switch ing module are green when the sup ervisor engine
co mpletes initialization.
This LED indicates that the superv isor engine and switch ing modules are receiv ing power, h ave b een
recognized by the superv isor engine, and contain a valid Flash co de versio n. However, th is LED do es
not indicate th e state of the individ ual interfaces on the s witching modules. If an LED labeled STATUS
is red or orang e, try reseating the switchin g mo dule or superv is or engine and restarting the switch. Fo r
more information, see the “Tro ubleshooting Switching Modu les ” section on p age 5-8. If y ou determin e
that the s witching module is not operating, con tact Cisco TAC as described in the “Some Problems and
Solutions ” section on page 5-14.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-3
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
System Messages

Step 5 If th e b oot information and system banner are not displayed , verify th at the terminal is set for 9 600 b aud ,
8 data b its, no parity, and 1 stop bit and co nnected pro perly to the conso le port.

System Messages
System messages ap pear on th e console if you have enab led conso le loggin g o r appear in the syslog if
y ou have enabled syslog . Many messages are for information al purposes only and do not indicate an
error cond ition. Enter the show lo gging command to display the lo g messages. To better un derstand a
sp ecific system message, refer to the system message g uide for yo ur software release. Mo st messages
are als o d ocu mented in the Error Message Decoder too l at:

h ttp://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin /Su pport/Errordecod er/index.cgi


System messages specific to the sy stem components are mention ed in the correspo nding sectio ns th at
follow. If you see one of these messages, use the Decoder tool and follow the sugg estio n provided there.

Troubleshooting with Software


Many problems can be identified with CLI co mmand s, and following section s will mention them as
appropriate.
Certain problems can be due to not hav ing the right software to su pport y our hard ware. For the most
recent software release to get th e current recommended version for a particular system compon ent,
please refer to the release notes at

h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches /ps4324 /prod _release_no tes_ lis t.html

Troubleshooting the Power Supply


To help is olate a power s ubsystem prob lem, follow th ese step s:

Step 1 Check whether the power supply LED lab eled GOOD is on or the LED labeled FAIL is on. (on the DC
mu lti-inpu t power supply, the LEDs are labeled INPUT 1, 2, o r 3 or OUTPUT FAIL.)
Step 2 If the LED labeled GOOD is o ff or if the LED labeled FAIL is on, take the following steps:
• Ensure that th e power s upply is flus h with the back of the chassis.
• Unplug th e power co rd, loosen and reins tall the power s upply, tigh ten th e cap tive installation screws,
and then plug in the p ower cord.
Step 3 If the LED labeled GOOD remains off, there might be a pro blem with th e AC source or the p ower cable.
Con nect the power co rd to an other power so urce if one is available. Verify that the source power is
acceptable within the specification s o f the p ower supply.
Step 4 If the LED labeled GOOD fails to lig ht after y ou co nnect the p ower supply to a new power source,
replace the power cord.

Note If this unit has more than one power cord , repeat Step 1 throu gh Step 4 for each power input.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-4 OL-13972-02
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the Power Supp ly

Step 5 If th e LED lab eled GOOD still fails to lig ht when the switch is connected to a different power sou rce
with a n ew power cord, th e power su pply is pro bab ly faulty. See th e “Sy stem Messag es and Power
Problems” s ection on page 5 -5. You may need to replace the power supply.
Step 6 If th e LED lab eled FAN OK fails to lig ht when the switch is connected to a go od power sou rce with a
known good power cord, there is a malfun ction in the fan that cools th e p ower su pply. Replace the power
supply.
Step 7 If a secon d p ower supp ly is available, install it in the second power supply bay.
Step 8 Check that th e LED lab eled GOOD is on fo r the additio nal power s upply. Check that the LED labeled
FAIL is off.
Step 9 If th e LEDs are n ot o n, rep eat th e previo us p rocedure to tro ubleshoot the second power s upply.
If you are un ab le to resolve the problem, or if you determine that either a power s upply or b ackplane
co nnector is fau lty, con tact Cisco Technical su pport for ins tructions.

System Messages and Power Problems


Check fo r system messag es related to the power sup ply, and refer to the s ystem messag e guide for yo ur
software release. You may need to add a power supply or upgrade to a larger one fo r your current
co nfiguration o r verify that the switch es are set properly on the power sup ply. Co nnect a terminal to the
co nsole port, and lo ok for any of the followin g sys tem messages (there may be o thers, depending on the
software release):
C4K_CHASSIS-2-INLINEPOWEROFF
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-INLINEPOWERSUPPLYBAD
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-INLINEPOWEROVERMAX
C4K_CHASSIS-2-INSUFFICIENTPOWERDETECTED
C4K_CHASSIS-2-INSUFFICIENTPOWERSHUTDOWN
C4K_CHASSIS-3-INSUFFICIENTPOWER
C4K_CHASSIS-3-INSUFFICIENTPOWERSUPPLIESDETECTED
C4K_CHASSIS-3 -MIXINPOWERDETECTED
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-3-UNKNOWNPOWERSUPPLY
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-POWERSUPPLYBAD
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-POWERSUPPLYFANBAD
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-POWERSUPPLYSTATUSREADFAILED
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-POWERSUPPLYSEEPROMREADFAILED
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-POWERSUPPLYSEEPROMINVALID
If y ou see any of th ese messages o r other messag es, go to th e fo llowing location and enter th e mes sag e
text to find recommendations for you r situation.

http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/Suppo rt/Erro rdecoder/ind ex.cgi

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-5
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the Fan Assembly

Useful CLI Commands


You may also use th e show environment sta tus po wersupply, s how module all, and show power
commands to monitor PS statu s, load, and activity.
If the s how mo dule co mmand outpu t shows a message that s tates "no t en ough p ower for module," check
Appendix A, “Power Supply Specification s,” for the minimu m power req uirements fo r the power s upply.
There may be a pro blem with th e power so urce itself.

Power Supply Mixing


The 14 00 W DC multi-input supp ly can not be used with oth er power supp ly ty pes, but other power
su pplies in this product lin e work with the o ther types du ring an upgrad e. If yo u mix power supplies in
a Catalyst 4 500 series chassis, the switch detects the typ e of power sup ply in power s upply bay 1 (PS1)
and ignores the power supply in power sup ply b ay 2 (PS2) wh ile issuing system messages and showin g
th e power su pply in bay 2 as in the err-disable state in th e outp ut o f the show power command. When
th e power su pply in bay 1 is removed, the switch recognizes th e power s upply in bay 2, and you may
th en put a n ew match ing power sup ply in bay 1. Both supplies shou ld resume no rmal function.

Troubleshooting the Fan Assembly


Note All fan s mu st b e operating or a failure will occur.

Env iron mental pro blems may initially appear to be problems with the fan tray. To help isolate a fan
assembly problem, fo llow these steps:

Step 1 Check the status LED o n the fan tray.


• If the LED is off and the rest of the s ystem is functionin g, the fan tray is no t getting power or is not
seated correctly on th e back plan e.
• If the LED is green, the fans are operating normally. There may be con ditions impairing fan
p erformance, bu t they are min imal in impact.
• If the LED is red, one or more fans have failed.
Step 2 Con nect a terminal an d d etermin e the fan tray s tatus shown by the show environment sta tus CLI
command. The status and sensor columns sho uld say g ood.
Step 3 Determine wh ether the airflow is res tricted or if the ambient temperature in the roo m is too warm.
Step 4 Determine wh ether the power su pply is fun ctionin g prop erly. See th e “Trou blesh ooting the Power
Sup ply” section on page 5-4.
Step 5 Verify that the fan assembly is p rop erly seated in th e back plan e by loosening the captive ins tallation
screws, removing th e fan as sembly, and reins talling it.
Step 6 Restart the sy stem.
Step 7 Verify that all fans are operating. You shou ld h ear the fans at system start.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-6 OL-13972-02
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Backplane Modules

Step 8 If th e system is s till detecting a fan assembly failure, ch eck fo r details using th e CLI and contact the
Cisco TAC for assistance.

System Messages and Fan Problems


Look for sy stem messag es repo rting a temperature problem or problem with the fans. In dividual
mess ages may su ggest d ifferent solu tio ns. Con nect a terminal to the console port, and look for any of
the following sy stem messag es:
C4K_CHASSIS-2-INSUFFICIENTFANSDETECTED
C4K_CHASSIS-2-INSUFFICIENTFANSSHUTDOWN
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-CRITICALTEMP
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-FANTRAYBAD
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-FANTRAYPARTIALFAILURE
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-FANTRAYREMOVED
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-FANTRAYREADFAILED
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-FANTRAYSEEPROMREADFAILED
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-FANTRAYSEEPROMINVALID
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-TEMPHIGH
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-TEMPUNDERCRITICAL
C4K_CHASSIS-2 -OVERHEATINGSHUTDOWN
If you see any o f these messag es o r o ther messag es related to fans, go to the fo llowing lo cation and enter
the message text to find recommen datio ns for your situ ation .

http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/Suppo rt/Erro rdecoder/ind ex.cgi

Useful CLI Commands


The show environment status fantray co mmand can give add itio nal information useful in diagno sing
fan tray pro blems .

Troubleshooting Backplane Modules


The Cisco Catalyst 4500 E-series red undancy scheme uses removable redundancy mo dules (also called
mux-buffers), on the p assive backplane to s witch traffic to th e active su pervisor eng ine. There is one
redun dan cy module per switching mod ule. Red undancy mod ules and a redundant clo ck ship standard
with every Cisco Catalyst 4507 R-E and 4510R-E chassis. Sp are redu ndancy mod ules (WS-X4590-E=)
an d a clo ck mod ule (WS-X4K-CLOCK-E=) are availab le fo r serviceability.
The following co nditions indicate that y ou may need to replace th e redu ndancy mod ules and clo ck
module:
• The switch powers down and stays down for a few minutes to a few days for no clear reason.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-7
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Switching Modules

• The ou tput-fail LED on the power supp lies are red and no p ower is delivered to the chassis. The
o ther LEDs o n th e power s upply are g reen .
• The Status LEDs o n th e switching mod ules and the superviso r en gine are flashin g g reen .
• CPU Utilization LEDs are flashin g green o r off.
If you o bserve th ese con ditions, co ntact the Cisco TAC for assistance in ordering rep lacement
redundancy mo dules and a clock.

Troubleshooting Switching Modules


Each switching modu le has one LED labeled STATUS th at provides in formatio n abo ut th e module and
o ne numb ered LED labeled LINK for each po rt on the mo dule. Figure 5-1 shows the Gigabit Ethernet
p ort and statu s LEDs. Figure 5-2 s hows the 1 0/100BASE-T port LEDs. Table 5-1 describ es the
switch ing module LEDs and their expected behavio r.

Figure 5-1 Gigabit Ethernet Port and Status LEDs

Figure 5-2 10/100BASE-T Port LEDs

Table 5-1 Switching Module LEDs

LED Color/State Descriptio n


STATUS Indicates the results of a series of s elf-tests an d
d iagn ostic tests perfo rmed by the switch.
Green All th e tests p ass.
Red A test other than an ind iv idual p ort test failed.
Orange System boot, self-test diagnostics run ning, or the
mo dule is disabled.
LINK Indicates the s tatus of the port.
Green The po rt is operational (a sig nal is detected).

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-8 OL-13972-02
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Switch ing Modules

Table 5-1 Switching Module LEDs (continued)

LED Co lor/State Description


Oran ge The link has been disabled by software.
Flashin g The link has been disabled du e to a hardware failure.
orang e
Off No sign al is detected .
Port Ind icates in div idual p ort status.
Status 1
Green The port is operation al (a signal is detected).
Oran ge The link has been disabled by software.
Flashin g The link has been disabled du e to a hardware failure.
orang e
Off No sign al is detected .
1. LEDs labeled 1 through the n umber of ports on the switch ing module are the indiv idual po rt link
LEDs.

System Messages and Switching Modules


Connect a terminal to the con sole po rt, and loo k for any of th e fo llowing system messages:
C4K_CHASSIS-3 -LINECARDMUXBUFFERTOSUPALIGNMENTWRONG
C4K_CHASSIS-3 -LINECARDNOTVALIDINSLOT
C4K_CHASSIS-3-MODULENOTSUPPORTHALF
C4K_IOSINTF-5-STALEPHYPORT
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-INLINEPOWEROVERMAX
If y ou see any of th ese messages o r other messag es, go to th e fo llowing location and enter th e mes sag e
text to find recommendations for you r situation.

http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/Suppo rt/Erro rdecoder/ind ex.cgi

Useful CLI Commands


Some p rob lems can be solved by resettin g the switching module. Use the hw-module module <n> reset
co mmand to reset a switchin g mo dule, or remove and re-in sert th e switching mo dule, wh ich resets,
restarts, and p ower cycles th e switching mo dule. The show mo dule and show diagnostics online
module commands can also prov ide information us eful in s olving problems with ports o n individual
modules.
Not all software versions supp ort all switchin g mo dules. If you are having trouble with a module, refer
to the software release notes to be sure that it is supp orted by your software.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-9
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines

Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines


This section only addres ses problems with hardware. Prob lems with features or con figuratio n are not
covered here. Refer for your software configuration guide and releas e notes for information on
configuring featu res or identifying known p rob lems.
Tab le 5-2 describes th e superviso r engin e LEDs. Check th e LEDs on your supervisor and compare them
to the described LED behaviors.

Table 5-2 Supervisor Engine LEDs

LED Color/State De scrip tion


STATUS Indicates th e results of a series of self-tests .
Green All diagno stic tests pass ed.
Red A test failed .
Orange System boot or diagno stic test is in
progres s.
Off Mod ule is disabled.
UTILIZATION Green 1–1 00% If the s witch is op eratio nal, this display
ind icates the cu rrent traffic load over the
backplane (as an ap prox imate percentage).
LINK Indicates the status of th e 10/10 0BASE-T
Eth ernet management po rt or up link ports.
Green The link is operational.
Orange The link is disabled b y u ser.
Flash ing orange The power-on self-test in dicates a faulty
po rt.
Off No signal is detected or there is a link
configuration failure.
ACTIVE Indicates whether the uplink port is active
or not.
Green The port is active.
Off The port is n ot activ e.
ACTIVE The LED to the right of the uplink po rts is
used to identify th e active s uperviso r en gine
in switches with two su pervisor eng ines .

System Messages and Supervisor Engines


Con nect a terminal to the console port, and look for any of the following system messages:
C4K_CHASSIS-3-LINECARDMUXBUFFERTOSUPALIGNMENTWRONG
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-MUXBUFFERREADSUPERVISORSELECTIONFAILED
C4K_CHASSIS-3-TEMPERATURESENSORREADFAILED
C4K_HW-3-X2IDENTIFICATIONFAILURE

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-10 OL-13972-02
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines

C4K_HW-3-X2OUIREGREADFAILURE
C4K_HWACLM AN-4-CLASSIFCAMPARITYERROR
C4K_HWACLM AN-4-CLASSIFCAMREPLYPARITYERROR
C4K_HWACLM AN-4-CLASSIFCAMREQPARITYERROR
C4K_HWNETFLOWMAN-3-NETFLOWSTOPPED
C4K_HWNETFLOWMAN-4-FATALERRORINTERRUPTSEEN
C4K_HWNETFLOWMAN-4-NONFATALPARITYERRORINTERRUPTSEEN
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-NFLABSENT
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-NFLIDPROMINVALID
C4K_IOSMODPORTMAN-4-NFLM ISMATCH
C4K_REDUNDANCY-2 -HANDSHAKE_TIMEOUT
C4K_REDUNDANCY-2 -POSTFAIL_RESET
C4K_REDUNDANCY-2 -INCOMPATIBLE_SUPERVISORS
C4K_REDUNDANCY-2 -IOS_VERSION_CHECK_FAIL
C4K_REDUNDANCY-2 -IOS_VERSION_INCOMPATIBLE
C4K_REDUNDANCY-2 -NON_ SYMMETRICAL_REDUNDANT_SYSTEM
C4K_REDUNDANCY-2 -POSTFAIL
C4K_REDUNDANCY-2 -POSTFAIL_RESET
C4K_REDUNDANCY-4 -CONFIGSYNCFAIL
C4K_SUPERVISOR-2-SUPERVISORSEEPROMINVALID
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-RETIMERDISABLEFAILED
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-RETIMERINITFAILED
C4K_SUPERVISOR-3-SEEPROMREADFAILED
C4K_SUPERVISOR-4-INLINEVOLTAGEOUTOFRANGE
C4K_SUPERVISOR-7-SEEPROMWRITEFAILED
C4K_SWITCHMANAGER-3-SSOACTIVEPORTACKTIMEOUT
C4K_SYSMAN-2-POWERONSELFTESTFAIL
These sy stem messag es indicate a problem with the s uperviso r en gine. Some p roblems will prevent a
co nsole conn ection and will not allow y ou to use messages in diagno sing a problem. If you are unable
to establish a terminal connection and the STATUS LED is red , con tact Cisco TAC immediately to o rder
a replacement.
Problems with red undant su pervisor sy stems are often due to mismatched active and standby superv isor
en gines. Redu ndancy requires that both superviso r engin es be the same mod el, have the same amoun t of
SDRAM memory and runnin g the same Cisco IOS release. If one su pervisor has a NetFlow serv ice card,
the oth er mu st as well.
Some problems with superv isor engines are du e to back plan e connectio ns th at are n ot fully seated. If
removing and rein serting the supervisor engin e and then restartin g the switch does not solve the p rob lem,
you may need to call Cisco TAC and replace the su pervisor en gine.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-11
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines

Useful CLI Commands


Some problems can be solved by resetting the superv isor eng in e. Use th e hw-module module <n> reset
power-cycle command to reset a s witching module, o r remove and re-insert the s witching module,
which resets, restarts and p ower cycles th e switch ing modu le. Pressing the reset button on the supervis or
engin e causes the so ftware to reload, bu t d oes no t power cycle the superv isor engine.

Note When yo u power-cycle or remove a sup ervisor engine in a redundant sy stem the other su perviso r engine
b ecomes th e active su pervisor and th e ports retain connectiv ity. In a no n-redundant system, all of the
switch ing modules lose conn ectiv ity until the sup ervisor engin e is reinserted an d comp letely restarted.

The show dia gnostics power-on command may provide us eful information for some sup ervisor engine
p roblems.
Not all software versions supp ort all su pervisor en gines. If you are havin g troub le with a superviso r
engin e, refer to the software release notes to be sure th at it is su pported by yo ur software.

Standby Supervisor Engine Problems


If the stan dby sup ervisor engine modu le is not on line or status indicates “other” or “faulty” in th e o utput
o f the show module comman d o r an amber status LED, create a conso le co nnectio n to the stan dby
su pervisor en gine and verify that it is in ROMmon mo de or in contin uous rebo ot. If the standb y
su pervisor en gine is in eith er of these two states, refer to:

h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches /ps663/p rodu cts_ con figuratio n_examp le09 186a008


0 094ecf.shtml
switch# show module

Mod Ports Card Type Model Serial No.


----+-----+--------------------------------------+-----------------+-----------
1 2 1000BaseX (GBIC) Supervisor(active) WS-X4515 JAB0627065V
2 Standby Supervisor
3 48 10/100/1000BaseTX (RJ45) WS-X4448-GB-RJ45 JAB053606AG
4 48 10/100BaseTX (RJ45)V WS-X4148-RJ45V JAE060800BL

M MAC addresses Hw Fw Sw Status


--+--------------------------------+---+------------+----------------+---------
1 0009.e845.6300 to 0009.e845.6301 0.4 12.1(12r)EW( 12.1(12c)EW, EAR Ok
2 Unknown Unknown Unknown Other
3 0001.6443.dd20 to 0001.6443.dd4f 0.0 Ok
4 0008.2138.d900 to 0008.2138.d92f 1.6 Ok

Make sure that the superv isor engin e mod ule p rop erly seats in th e backplane con nector an d that y ou have
completely s crewed down th e captive screws for th e supervisor engine.
In order to determin e whether the standby su pervisor engine is faulty, enter th e redundancy relo ad peer
command from the active superv is or engine and throug h th e console to th e standby sup ervisor engin e.
Observe the b ootup seq uen ce in order to identify any hard ware failures. Curren tly, the active su pervisor
engin e cann ot access the p ower-o n diag nostics results of the stand by superviso r engine.
Make sure that these configuration s are synchronized b etween the active and red undant superv isor
engin es:
• Startup configuration
• Boo t variable

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-12 OL-13972-02
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines

• Config uration register


• Calendar
• VLAN datab ase
If a software u pgrade is perfo rmed on both the activ e and stand by supervis or engines, verify that b oth
superv isor engines are runnin g th e same new software image. If the so ftware images are not the same,
upgrade the software image. Use the p rocedure in the software co nfigu ration guide for your release.
If the stan dby supervisor eng ine s till d oes not come o n line, create a service request with Cisco Techn ical
Support. Use the log of the switch output that y ou co llected fro m the previous troubleshoo ting step s.

Switch Self-reset
If th e switch has reset o r rebooted on its own, verify th at the power so urce for the switch did not fail. If
you use an un interru ptab le power su pply (UPS), make su re th at the UPS do es not have any pro blems.
The switch might have had a software crash. Enter the more cra shinfo :data command to display the
crash information in clud ing date an d time of the last time that the switch crashed. To display the standby
superv isor engine cras h d ata, enter the more slavecrashinfo:data command. The crash data are not
present if the s witch h as never crash ed.
Switch# more crashinfo:data
Current time: 04/21/2000 19:58:10

Last crash: 04/21/2000 03:58:56

!--- Output suppressed.

If the outp ut indicates a so ftware crash at th e time that yo u susp ect that the switch rebooted, the problem
can be something o ther than a h ardware failure. Contact Cisco Technical Su pport with the outpu t of these
co mmand s:
• show tech-support
• show logging
• more crashinfo:data
If you are still unable to d etermin e the p rob lem, con tact Cisco Technical Suppo rt.

Supervisor Ports Do Not Function


If you have dual superviso r engines in a Catalyst 450 7R-E o r a Catalyst 451 0R-E chassis andsome uplin k
ports o n the sup ervisor d o n ot function, the sy stem is fu nction ing as designed, which is to h ave two
uplinks op eratio nal at all times. The dual u plinks must als o work when only one superviso r en gine is
present. This means that if only on e supervisor engine is present and is in slot n, b oth ports n /1 and n/2
are functional. Also , if only one supervis or en gine is present and is in slot n +1 , p orts n+1/1 and N+1/2
are functional. When dual su pervisor eng ines are present, o nly ports n/1 and n+1 /1 are fun ction al and
n/2 an dn+1/2 are n ot functional. For mo re in formatio n, refer to the redu ndancy chapter in the software
co nfiguration guide.

Packet Loss
If your sy stem ex hibits partial o r fu ll loss of network conn ectivity or packet loss, perform basic
trou bles hooting proced ures to eliminate the co mmon causes. The common cau ses include:
• Bad cab ling

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-13
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines

• A b ad po rt
• Speed and du plex mismatch
• Network interface card (NIC) issues
If you tro ubleshoot these commo n reasons and y ou are not able to narrow d own the problem, follow the
steps in this section and captu re th e outp ut o f comman ds at each step , then con tact Cis co Technical
Sup port for additional trou bles hooting assistance.

Step 1 Power cycle the s witch and ob serve the POST results at bo otup.
Step 2 Enter the show dia gnostics power-o n co mmand to verify the POST res ults fro m boo tup and determine
if diag nostics fail again. If diagnostics fail again, th e problem is most likely hardware. Contact Cisco
Techn ical Suppo rt for fu rther assis tance. If the supervisor en gine passes the diagnostic tests with out any
failu re after th e power cycle in Step 4, perform these steps:
a. Collect the outpu t fro m the show tech-support command.
b. Remove all power supp lies from the b ox, and collect the s erial numb ers, Cisco part number, and
manufacturer of the power supp lies.
c. Con tact Cisco Technical Supp ort with the info rmation that y ou collected.

Note If Cisco Tech nical Supp ort did not assist with the trou bles hoot procedure, y ou mu st provide the
information in the o rder of th ese step s.

Some Problems and Solutions

Module Not Online


Part or all of the module can fail to come online. You may have a module failure if yo u see an amber or
red status LED or if y ou see one of these statuses in th e outp ut o f the show module comman d:
• o ther
• fau lty
• err-d isable
• power-deny
• power-bad
Make sure that the module is properly s eated and that you hav e completely screwed down the module.
If the mo dule still does n ot come o nline, en ter th e hw-module slot slo t number reset command. If the
mo dule still does not co me onlin e, try the mo dule in a spare slo t, swap the mo dule with the slot of a
mo dule that works, o r try the module in a different chassis.
If the status is “power-deny,” th e switch does not have enough power available to power this modu le.
Enter the show power command in order to con firm wheth er enou gh power is available. Fo r more
in formatio n, refer to the “Environmental Mon ito ring and Power Management” chapter in the so ftware
configuration gu ide for yo ur software release.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-14 OL-13972-02
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines

If the status is “power-bad,” th e switch d etects a switch in g mo dule but is un able to allocate p ower. This
situation is p ossible if the supervisor engin e canno t able to access the serial PROM (SPROM) contents
on the mod ule in order to d etermine the identification of the lin e card. Enter the show idprom module
slot command to verify that the SPROM is readable. If the SPROM is no t accessible, reset the mod ule.
Enter the show diagnostics online module slot number command to identify hard ware failu res o n th e
module. If the module s till does not come on line, create a serv ice req uest with Cisco Techn ical Supp ort
in ord er to troubleshoo t further. Use the log of th e switch outp ut th at you collected in the above o utput
an d th e tro ubleshootin g s teps that you performed.

Interface Problems
If you see an error mention ed in the output of th e show interface command, th e reason could be:
• A physical layer problem, such as a faulty cable or NIC
• A configu ration problem, such as a s peed and duplex mismatch
• A performance problem, su ch as an oversu bscription
In order to understand and troubleshoo t these p rob lems, refer to Troublesho oting Switch Port and
Interface Prob lems at:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/h w/switches/ps70 0/pro ducts_tech_ note09186 a008015b fd6 .sh tm
l

Workstation Is Unable to Log In to the Network


If yo u ob serve that a wo rkstation is u nab le to log into the network d uring startup or un able to obtain the
DHCP address when you have powered u p a client machin e or reboo ted, an initial co nnectivity d elay that
the switch introdu ced co uld be the pro blem. To verify this, check th e fo llowing:
• Microsoft network client displays "No Domain Con trollers Available".
• DHCP reports "No DHCP Servers Available."
• A Novell Internetwork Pack et Exchange (IPX) n etwo rk workstation does no t have the Novell login
screen up on bootup .
• An App leTalk network client disp lays, "Access to yo ur AppleTalk network has b een interru pted . In
ord er to reestablish you r connectio n, op en and clo se the AppleTalk control p anel." The AppleTalk
client ch ooser application can either fail to display a zone list or display an incomplete zone list.
• IBM Network stations can have one of these messages:
– NSB8361 9—Ad dress resolutio n failed
– NSB8358 9—Failed to boot after 1 attempt
– NSB7051 9—Failed to con nect to a server
The reaso n for these symptoms can b e an in terface delay that either Spanning Tree Protocol (STP),
EtherChannel, trunk ing, o r an auton egotiation delay causes. For more information about these d elays
an d p ossible solutions, refer to
:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/h w/switches/ps70 0/pro ducts_tech_ note09186 a00800b1 500.sht
ml
If you review and follow the pro cedure in th e do cument and you still have issues, contact Cis co Techn ical
Support.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-15
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines

NIC Compatibility Issues


You can have NIC compatibility or mis con figuratio n is sues with th e switch if yo u experience o ne of
th ese symptoms:
• A s erver or client connection to the switch does not come up
• Autonegotiation issues
• Errors on the port
The reason for these sy mptoms can be a known NIC driver issu e, speed and duplex mismatch, or
auton egotiation or cabling problems. For more troubleshoo ting info rmation, refer to:

h ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches /ps700/p rodu cts_ tech_no te09 186a0080 0a7 af0.shtm


l
If you still have issues after yo u review and follow the proced ure in the do cument Trou blesh ooting Cisco
Cata lyst Switch es to NIC Comp atibility Issues, contact Cisco Technical Support for further as sistan ce.

Interface Is in Errdisable
If the interface status is err-d isab le in th e output of the s how interfa ce status comman d, some p ossible
reason s in clud e:
• Duplex mis match
• Port channel misco nfiguration
• Bridge p roto col data un it (BPDU) g uard violation
• UniDirectional Link Detectio n (UDLD) co ndition
• Late-collision d etectio n
• Link-flap detection
• Secu rity violation
• Port Aggregation Pro toco l (PAgP) flap
• Layer Two Tunn eling Pro tocol (L2TP) guard
• DHCP snoopin g rate-limit
In ord er to troub lesho ot th ese scenario s, refer to the specific feature information in the Ca talys t 45 00
S eries Switch Cisco IOS S oftware Configuratio n Guide for your software release.

Faulty Supervisor Engine


If the supervis or engine STATUS LED is red, establish a console co nnection to the superv isor engine
and enter the show diagnostics power-on co mmand , if yo u can. If yo u are unable to g et a console
conn ection or th e co mmand o utput indicates a failure, contact Cisco Techn ical Su pport.
If th e switch does not boo t an d fails self diagno stics du ring the b oot sequence, captu re the con sole output
o f the startu p seq uen ce th en contact Cisco Technical Support.
If you d o n ot see any hardware failure in the boo t sequence or in the outp ut o f the s how diag no stics
power-on co mmand , contact Cisco Techn ical Su pport.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-16 OL-13972-02
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Supervisor Engines

Boot Problems
If th e switch is in a continu ous boot loop, is in ROMmon mode, or d oes not have a system image, there
is mostly likely n ot a h ardware problem. The supervisor eng ine operates in a con tinuous lo op if you h ave
not set the bo ot variable co rrectly and y ou have set the con figuratio n register to 0x2 102. For instructions
on h ow to reco ver the sup ervisor engine, refer to the “Recoverin g from a Co ntinuous Reb oot” section of
the do cument at this location:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/h w/switches/ps66 3/pro ducts_config uration_example09186 a00 8


0094 ecf.shtml
The sup ervisor engine goes in to ROMmon mode or fails to b oot when the system image is either corrup t
or absent. For in structions on how to recover the superviso r engine, refer to the “Recovering from a
Corrupt or Mis sing Image” sectio n o f the d ocu ment at th is location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/p rodu cts/h w/switches/ps66 3/pro ducts_config uration_example09186 a00 8
0094 ecf.shtml
The supervis or engines have onboard s ystem Flas h memory (bo otflash), which sh ould easily hold
multiple sy stem images . Therefore, have a back up image. In addition to the b ootflash, the su pervisor
en gine suppo rts up to 128 MB of compact Flash in the slot0: device. The sup ervisor engine als o provides
for transfer via TFTP of the imag e from ROMmon mode, which enables faster recovery o f ab sen t or
co rrupt imag es.

Cannot Con nect to a Switch T hroug h the Console Port

Mak e sure you are using the co rrect type of cable. Make su re th e terminal con figuratio n matches th e
switch co nsole p ort config uration—d efau lt console port settings are 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity,
1 stop bit. Make sure the cab le pino uts are correct fo r your supervis or engine (refer to th e hard ware
documentatio n for y our su pervisor eng ine).

Cannot c ommunicate with a nother device, Cannot Te ln et to the switc h, Cannot communicate with a local or remote host

Fo llow these steps:

Step 1 Mak e sure the LINK LED for the po rt is g reen .


Step 2 Check the cabling:
• Host-to-switch 10 BASET connections and router-to-switch 10 BASET or 100 BASETX con nections
typically are mad e using a straight-thro ugh cable.
• Switch-to-switch connectio ns typically are made using a rollover cab le.
• Fo r SC- or ST-type fiber co nnection s, make sure tran smit (Tx) on one end of the link connects to
receive (Rx) on the other end of the link.
Step 3 Mak e sure the interface you are co nnecting to (sc0 or me1 ) is con figured UP (use th e show interface
co mmand to check).
Step 4 Mak e sure the IP address, sub net mask, and VLAN membersh ip o f the switch interface (sc0 or me1) is
correct (use the show interfa ce command).
Step 5 To prevent con flicts, make sure the me1 and sc0 interfaces are configured with IP ad dresses and subn et
mask s in different s ubnets (use th e show interface co mmand to ch eck), or disable on e of the in terfaces
using the set interface {sc0 | me1} disable command.
Step 6 Mak e sure the ho st configuration (IP add ress, su bnet mask, d efault gateway, speed, and duplex setting )
is correct.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-17
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Contacting the Cisco Technical Assistance Center

Step 7 If you cannot connect to the switch th rou gh the me1 interface, make sure the con nected d evice is
configured for half-dup lex 10-Mbps operation .
Step 8 If the host is in th e same subn et as th e switch interface, make sure the switch interface and the switch
p ort to which the h ost is conn ected are assigned to th e same VLAN (use th e show interface and show
port commands to check).
Step 9 If the host is in a different su bnet, make sure the default gateway (default ro ute) on the switch is
configured with the ad dress o f a router in the same subnet as th e s witch interface (use the show ip route
command).
Step 10 Check the status of the port conn ection—sh ould be “connected” (us e the show port command).
Step 11 Check the spanning-tree state on the port (u se the show spantree mod_n um/po rt_num command)—if the
p ort is in listening or learn in g mo de, wait u ntil the port is in forward ing mode and try to connect to the
h ost again.
Step 12 Make sure the speed an d dup lex s etting s on th e host and th e app ropriate s witch ports are correct (use the
show port command).
Step 13 If the con nected device is an end station:
a. Enab le spanning -tree Po rtFast on the port (use th e set spantree portfast enable
command)—PortFast p laces the port in forwarding mod e immed iately, bypassing listening and
learnin g mo des (do not use th is feature for connections to non-end station d evices).
b. Disab le tru nking on the port (use th e set trunk mod_nu m/port_ num off comman d).
c. Disab le channeling on the port (use the set port channel p ort_list off command)—you must specify
a valid po rt range with this co mmand —you can not specify a single port.
Step 14 Make sure the switch is learning the M AC address of the ho st (use th e show cam dynamic co mmand ).
Step 15 If pos sible, try connecting to an other port.

Ca nnot autone gotiate the port sp eed/duplex

Make sure auto neg otiation is config ured on both ends of the link (use the show port command)—yo u
cannot configu re s etting s manually on one end o f the link and config ure the oth er end of the link for
auton egotiation. If auton ego tiation fails wh en you conn ect a client NIC to the switch, ch eck the NIC and
d rivers to make sure that auton egotiation is supp orted.
If autonegotiation is supported and properly configured but you still can not con nect, tu rn off
auton egotiation and set the speed and dup lex man ually (use th e set port speed and set port duplex
commands).

Contacting the Cisco Technical Assistance Center


If you are unable to solve a startup problem after u sing the troubleshootin g s uggestions in this chapter,
contact a Cis co TAC represen tative for assistance an d further instructio ns.
Befo re y ou call, h ave th e fo llowing information ready to help the Cisco TAC assist you as quickly as
p ossible:
• Date you received the switch
• Chassis serial number
• Type of software and release nu mber

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-18 OL-13972-02
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Contacting the Cisco Technic al Assistance Center

• Main tenance agreement o r warran ty information


• Brief description of the problem
• Console captures related to y our problem
• Brief ex plan ation o f the steps you have already tak en to isolate and resolve the problem
See the “Obtaining Docu mentation and Submitting a Service Request” section on page xvi for more
info rmation ab out co ntacting the TAC.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guid e


OL-13972-02 5-19
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Contacting the Cisco Technical Assistance Center

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


5-20 OL-13972-02
A P P E N D I X A
Power Supply Specifications

Revis ed: March 2 013

This appendix describes the power supplies suppo rted by t h e Catalyst 450 0 E-series switches. The
ap pen dix co ntain s the fo llowing section s:
• 1000 W AC-Input Power Supply, page A-2
• 1300 W AC-Input Power Supply, page A-6
• 1400 W AC-Input Power Supply, page A-10
• 1400 W DC-Inpu t Power Supp ly, p age A-15
• 1400 W Triple-Input DC-Input Power Supply, page A-1 8
• 2800 W AC-Input Power Supply, page A-24
• 4200 W AC-Input Power Supply, page A-28
• 6000 W AC-Input Power Supply, page A-34
• 9000 W AC-Input Power Supply, page A-42
• Environmental Mon ito ring Feature, page A-5 1
• Power Redu ndancy, page A-51

Tip Fo r ad ditional in formatio n abo ut th e Cisco Catalyst 4 500 E-series s witches (including config uration
examples and troublesho oting information), see the documents lis ted on this page:

http://preview.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps432 4/tsd_produ cts_s upport_series_ho me.html

Note All Catalyst 4 500 E-series switch AC-input power sup plies require single-phase source AC. The sou rce
AC can b e o ut of phase between mu ltiple power su pplies or multiple AC-power plug s on th e same power
supply because all AC power supply inpu ts are isolated. Each chassis power su pply s hould have its own
dedicated b ranch circuit: 15 A or 20 A fo r North America and circuits sized to local and national cod es
for Internatio nal locatio ns.

Fo r more information about power management and planning, see the “Environmental Mo nitorin g and
Power Management” chapter in the So ftwa re Configu ra tion Guide version appropriate for your software.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-1
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1000 W AC-Input Power Supply

1000 W AC-Input Power Supply


The 10 00 W AC-in put power sup ply (PWR-C45-1000 AC), sh own in Figure A-1, is sup ported in the
followin g Catalyst 4500 E-Series switches:
• Cataly st 4 503-E
• Cataly st 4 506-E
• Cataly st 4 507R-E
• Cataly st 4 507R+E
• Cataly st 4 510R-E (the 1000 W AC-input power supply can be installed in the Catalyst 4510R-E
switch chassis; however power manag ement is required)
• Cataly st 4 510R+E (th e 100 0 W AC-inp ut p ower supp ly can be installed in th e Catalyst 451 0R+E
switch chassis; however power manag ement is required)

Figure A-1 1000 W AC-Input Power Supply Features

2
231375

1 AC-input recep tacle 3 Captive installation screws


2 Power o n/off switch

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-2 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

1000 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications


Table A-1 lists the specifications fo r the 10 00 W AC-in put power sup ply.

Table A-1 1000 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Sp ecifica tion


AC-inp ut ty pe Auto ranging inp ut with power factor correctio n (PFC)
Note Power factor correction is a stand ard feature on all Catalyst 450 0
E-series AC-input power supplies. PFC reduces the reactive
compon ent in the s ource AC current allowin g h igher power
factors (typically 9 9 p ercent or b etter) and lower h armonic
current comp onents.
AC-inp ut vo ltage • Low-line (120 VAC nominal)—85 VAC (min) to 1 32 VAC (max )
• High -line (230 VAC nomin al)—170 VAC (min ) to 264 VAC (max)
AC-inp ut current • 12 A @ 120 VAC
• 5 A @ 240 VAC
AC-inp ut frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal) (±3 Hz for full range)
Branch circuit req uiremen t Each ch assis power supply shou ld have its own dedicated, fu sed -bran ch
circuit:
• Fo r North America—15 A or 2 0 A
• Fo r In ternatio nal— Circuits sized to local an d natio nal codes
• All Catalyst 4500 E-series AC-inp ut power supp lies requ ire
single-p hase source AC.
• All AC p ower supp ly in puts are fully isolated.
– Source AC can be ou t o f phase between multip le power supplies
in the same chassis, which means that PS1 can be op eratin g
from phase A and PS2 can be operating fro m ph ase B.
– Fo r h igh-lin e o peration, the power supp ly operates with the ho t
co nductor wired to a source AC phase and the neutral condu ctor
wired either to groun d or to another source AC ph ase as long as
the net input voltage is in the range o f 170 to 264 VAC.
– Source AC can be out of ph ase between AC inputs on power
supplies that are eq uipped with multiple AC inp uts, which
means that p ower cord 1 can be plugg ed into phase A an d
power cord 2 can b e plug ged in to p has e B.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-3
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1000 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-1 100 0 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Specification
Power su pply outpu t 1 050 W plu s 4 0 W (fan )
capacity
Power su pply outpu t 8 3.4 A @ +1 2 VDC
1 2.2 A @ +3 .3 VDC
Output hold up time 2 0 ms minimu m
Maximum kVA rating 1 .32 k VA
Max heat dissip ation 9 43 BTUs/hr
Min imum s oftware Cisco IOS Release 12.1(12c)EW
requirement
Power over Ethernet Not suppo rted1
1. A Catalyst 4503 with a Catalyst 4500 s eries Supervis or Eng ine II-Plus TS and a 1000 W power supply will b e able to provide
158.4 W of Power over Ethernet (PoE) to ports on the su pervisor engine. Switching modules in the other slots will not be ab le
to prov ide PoE.

Tab le A-2 lists the 10 00 W AC-in put power sup ply LEDs and their mean ings.

Table A-2 100 0 W AC-Input Power Supply LEDs

LED Meaning
INPUT OK • Green—Source AC voltage is OK. (Input voltage is 85 VAC or
g reater.)
• Off—Source AC voltage falls below 70 VAC, is not present, or the
p ower supply is turned off.
FAN OK • Green—Power supp ly fan is op eratin g p rop erly.
• Off—Power supply fan failure is detected.
OUTPUT FAIL • Red—Problem with o ne or more of the DC-o utput voltages of the
p ower supply is detected.
• Off—DC-output voltage with acceptable marg ins.

1000 W Power Supply AC Power Cords


Tab le A-3 lists the specification s for th e regional AC p ower co rds that are available for the 1000 W
AC-input power s upply.

Note All 1 000 W power supply AC power cords have an IEC6032 0/C15 ap plian ce plug at on e en d.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-4 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-3 1000 W AC Power Supply Power Cords

Loca le Power Cord Part Number Leng th Cordset Rating Plug Type
North America CAB-US51 5-C15 -US= 8.2 ft (2.5 m) 15 A, 125 VAC NEM A 5-1 5P
(was CAB-7 KAC=)
120354

Australia, CAB-AS31 12-C1 5-AU= 8.2 ft (2.5 m) 15 A, 250 VAC AS/NZS 311 2-1 993
New Zealand (was CAB-7 ACA=)
120356

Europe (except CAB-CEE77-C1 5-EU= 8.2 ft (2.5 m) 16 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7
Italy) (was CAB-7 ACE=)
120357

Italy CAB-C231 6-C15 -IT= 8.2 ft (2.5 m) 16 A, 250 VAC 1/3/16 CEI 23-16
(was CAB-7 ACI=)
120358

United CAB-BS1363-C15-UK= 8.2 ft (2.5 m) 13 A, 250 VAC BS 136 3/A 1


King dom (was CAB-7 ACU=)
120359

Argen tina CAB-IR2 073-C15-AR= 8.2 ft (2.5 m) 10 A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073
(was CAB-7 KACR=)
120356

1. Plug contains a 1 3 A fuse.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-5
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1300 W AC-Input Power Supply

1300 W AC-Input Power Supply


The 13 00 W AC-in put power sup ply (PWR-C45-1300 ACV), shown in Figure A-2, is s upported in the
followin g Catalyst 4500 E-series switches :
• Cataly st 4 503-E
• Cataly st 4 506-E
• Cataly st 4 507R-E
• Cataly st 4 507R+E
• Cataly st 4 510R-E (the 1300 W AC-input power supply can be installed in the Catalyst 4510R-E
switch chassis; however power manag ement is required)
• Cataly st 4 510R+E (th e 130 0 W AC-inp ut p ower supp ly can be installed in th e Catalyst 451 0R+E
switch chassis; however power manag ement is required)

Figure A-2 130 0 W AC-Input Power Supply Features

2
231375

1 AC-input recep tacle 3 Captive installation screws


2 Power o n/off switch

1300 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications


Tab le A-4 lists the specification s for th e 1300 W AC-inpu t p ower supply.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-6 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1300 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-4 1300 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Sp ecifica tion


AC-inp ut ty pe Auto ranging inp ut with power factor correcto r
Note Power factor correction is a stand ard feature on all Catalyst 450 0
E-series AC-input power supplies. PFC reduces the reactive
compon ent in the s ource AC current allowin g h igher power
factors (typically 9 9 p ercent or b etter) and lower h armonic
current comp onents.
AC-inp ut vo ltage • Low-line (120 VAC nominal)—85 VAC (min) to 1 32 VAC (max )
• High -line (230 VAC nomin al)—170 VAC (min ) to 264 VAC (max)
AC-inp ut current • 16 A @ 100 VAC
• 7 A @ 240 VAC
AC-inp ut frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal) (±3 Hz for full range)
Branch circuit req uiremen t Each ch assis power supply shou ld have its own dedicated, fu sed -bran ch
circuit:
• Fo r North America—15 A or 2 0 A
• Fo r In ternatio nal— Circuits sized to local an d natio nal codes
• All Catalyst 4500 E-series AC-inp ut power supp lies requ ire
single-p hase source AC.
• All AC p ower supp ly in puts are fully isolated.
– Source AC can be ou t o f phase between multip le power supplies
in the same chassis, which means that PS1 can be op eratin g
from phase A and PS2 can be operating fro m ph ase B.
– Fo r h igh-lin e o peration, the power supp ly operates with the ho t
co nductor wired to a source AC phase and the neutral condu ctor
wired either to groun d or to another source AC ph ase as long as
the net input voltage is in the range o f 170 to 264 VAC.
– Source AC can be out of ph ase between AC inputs on power
supplies that are eq uipped with multiple AC inp uts, which
means that p ower cord 1 can be plugg ed into phase A an d
power cord 2 can b e plug ged in to p has e B.
Power supply ou tput • 1300 W maximu m
capacity • 1050 W+ 4 0 W redun dan t mod e (data)
• 1667 W maximu m in combined mode (data)
• 800 W maximum each in redund ant mod e (PoE)
• 1333 W maximu m in combined mode (PoE)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-7
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1300 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-4 1300 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Specification
Power su pply outpu t • 8 4.7 A @ 12 V @ (d ata)
• 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 V (data)
• 1 6.7 A @ –50 V (PoE)
Output hold up time 2 0 ms minimu m
Maximum kVA rating 1 .76 k VA
Max heat dissip ation 1 568 BTUs /h r
Min imum s oftware Cisco IOS Release 12.1(12c)EW
requirement
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Sup ported, up to 800 W (211 Cisco phones in comb ined mod e)

Tab le A-5 lists the 13 00 W AC-in put power sup ply LEDs and their mean ings.

Table A-5 1300 W AC-Input Power Supply LEDs

LED Meaning
INPUT OK • Green—Source AC voltage is OK. (Input voltage is 85 VAC or
g reater.)
• Off—Source AC voltage falls below 70 VAC, is not present, or the
p ower supply is turned off.
FAN OK • Green—Power supp ly fan is op eratin g p rop erly.
• Off—Power supply fan failure is detected.
OUTPUT FAIL • Red—Problem with o ne or more of the DC-o utput voltages of the
p ower supply is detected.
• Off—DC-output voltage with acceptable marg ins.
Note Fo r pro per operation of the OUTPUT FAIL LED, sy stems with
single power supp lies must be con figured with a minimum of
one fan tray assembly and one supervis or en gine. Systems with
dual power su pplies must have a min imum config uration of one
fan tray ass embly, on e sup ervisor engin e, and o ne additional
module. Failure to meet these minimum configuration
requirements can cau se a fals e power su pply outpu t fail sign al.

1300 W Power Supply AC Power Cords


Tab le A-6 lists the specification s for th e AC p ower cords that are available for the 1300 W AC-inpu t
p ower supply. The table in clud es a power plug illustration for each power cord.

Note All 1 300 W power supply power cords have an IEC60 320/C19 appliance plug at one end.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-8 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1300 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-6 1300 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords

Loca le Power Cord Part Number Leng th Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
North America CAB-US52 0-C19 -US= 14 ft (4.3 m) 20 A, 125 VAC NEM A 5-2 0
(was CAB-7 513AC=)
120362

Australia, CAB-A3 112-C19-AUS= 14 ft (4.3 m) 15 A, 250 VAC SAA/3 ,


New Zealand (was CAB-7 513ACA=) AS/NZZS 3 112-1993
120356

Europe (except CAB-CEE77-C1 9-EU= 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7


Italy) (was CAB-7 513ACE=)
120357

Italy CAB-C231 6-C19 -IT= 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC 1/3/16, CEI 23 -16
(was CAB-7 513ACI=)
120358

United CAB-BS1363-C19-UK= 14 ft (4.3 m) 13 A, 250 VAC BS 89/1 3


King dom (was CAB-7 513ACU=) BS 136 3/A
120359

Argen tina CAB-IR2 073-C19-AR= 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073


(was CAB-7 513ACR=)
120356

North America CAB-AC-2 800W-TWLK= 13.6 ft 16 A, 250 VAC NEM A L6-20


(locking ) (4.1 m)
200– 240 VAC
120361

operation

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-9
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1400 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-6 1300 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords (continued)

Locale Power Cord Part Number Length Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
North America CAB-AC-280 0W-6 -20 = 13.2 ft 1 6 A, 250 VAC NEMA 6-20
(nonlo ckin g) (4.0 m) n on-lo ckin g
2 00–24 0 VAC
o peration
120355

Euro pe CAB-AC-280 0W-EU= 13.2 ft 1 6 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7


(4.0 m)
120357

Sou th Africa, CAB-BS54 6-C15 -SA= 13.6 ft 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC BS 456


India (was CAB-751 3ACSA) (4.1 m)
203795

International CAB-AC-280 0W-INT= 13.6 ft 1 6 A, 250 VAC IEC 309


(4.1 m)
120360

Israeli CAB-S1 32-C1 9-ISRL 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 250 VAC SI32


130922

UPS 220 V CAB-C19-CBN 9 ft (2.74 m) 2 0 A, 250 VAC IEC-60320 -C20


130923

1400 W AC-Input Power Supply


The 14 00 W AC-in put power sup ply (PWR-C45-1400 AC), sh own in Figure A-3, is sup ported in the
followin g Catalyst 4500 E-series switches :
• Cataly st 4 503-E
• Cataly st 4 506-E
• Cataly st 4 507R-E
• Cataly st 4 507R+E
• Cataly st 4 510R-E
• Cataly st 4 510R+E

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-10 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1400 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Figure A-3 1400 W AC-Input Power Supply Features

2
231375

1 AC-inp ut receptacle 3 Captive installation screws


2 Power on/off switch

1400 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications


Table A-7 lists the specifications fo r the 14 00 W AC-in put power sup ply.

Table A-7 1400 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Sp ecifica tion


AC-inp ut ty pe Auto ranging inp ut with power factor correcto r
Note Power factor correction is a stand ard feature on all Catalyst 450 0
E-series AC-input power supplies. PFC reduces the reactive
compon ent in the s ource AC current allowin g h igher power
factors (typically 9 9 p ercent or b etter) and lower h armonic
current comp onents.
AC-inp ut vo ltage • Low-line (120 VAC nominal)—85 VAC (min) to 1 32 VAC (max )
• High -line (230 VAC nomin al)—170 VAC (min ) to 264 VAC (max)
AC-inp ut current • 16 A @ 120 VAC
• 7 A @ 240 VAC
AC-inp ut frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal) (±3 Hz for full range)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-11
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1400 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-7 1400 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Specification
Bran ch circuit requirement Each chassis p ower su pply should have its own d edicated , fused-branch
circuit:
• For North America—15 A or 20 A
• For International—Circuits sized to local and national cod es
• All Catalyst 4 500 E-series AC-input power supplies require
sin gle-phase so urce AC.
• All AC power s upply inpu ts are fu lly iso lated.
– Sou rce AC can be out of phase between multiple power sup plies
in the same ch assis, which means that PS1 can b e operating
fro m ph ase A an d PS2 can be operating from phase B.
– For high -line operation , the power supply operates with the hot
cond ucto r wired to a so urce AC ph ase and the neu tral co nductor
wired either to ground o r to an other so urce AC phase as long as
th e net in put voltag e is in the rang e of 1 70 to 264 VAC.
– Sou rce AC can be ou t o f phase between AC inp uts on power
su pplies th at are equip ped with multiple AC inputs, which
means that power cord 1 can be p lugged into phase A and
power cord 2 can be plugged into phase B.
Power su pply outpu t 2 473 W maximum
1 360 W + 40 W redu ndant mode (data)
Power su pply outpu t (AC 1 13.4 A @ +12 V
su pply)
1 2.2 A @ +3 .3 V (data)
Output hold up time 2 0 ms minimu m
Max heat dissip ation 1 048 BTUs /h r
Maximum kVA rating 1 .76 k VA
Min imum s oftware Cisco IOS Release 12.2(18)EW
requirement
Power over Ethernet Not suppo rted1
1. A Catalyst 45 03-E with a Catalys t 4500 E-series Sup ervisor Engine II-Plus TS an d a 1400W AC power s upply p ro vides 158. 4
W o f PoE to po rts on the sup ervisor engine. Switching modu les in oth er slots will not be able to provid e PoE.

Tab le A-8 list the 140 0 W AC-inp ut power supp ly LEDs and their mean ings.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-12 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1400 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-8 1400 W AC-Input Power Supply LEDs

LED Meaning
INPUT OK • Green—Sou rce AC voltag e is OK. (Inpu t voltage is 8 5 VAC or
greater.)
• Off—Source AC voltage falls b elow 70 VAC, is no t presen t, or the
power sup ply is tu rned off.
FAN OK • Green—Power su pply fan is operating properly.
• Off—Power supply fan failure is detected.
OUTPUT FAIL • Red— Problem with one or more of th e DC-outpu t voltages of the
power sup ply is d etected.
• Off—DC-outp ut vo ltage with acceptab le margins.
Note For proper operation o f the OUTPUT FAIL LED, systems with
sing le power su pplies mu st b e configu red with a minimu m of
on e fan tray assembly an d o ne sup ervisor engine. Systems with
du al power supplies mu st have a minimum con figuratio n of o ne
fan tray assembly, one s uperviso r en gine, and one additio nal
mod ule. Failure to meet these minimum config uration
req uiremen ts can cause a false power supply ou tput fail s ignal.

1400 W Power Supply AC Power Cords


Table A-9 lists the specifications fo r the AC power cords that are available for the 14 00 W AC-in put
power sup ply. The table includes a power plug illu stration fo r each power cord .

Note All 1400 W power sup ply power cord s h ave an IEC60320 /C1 9 app liance p lug at one en d.

Table A-9 1400 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords

Loca le Power Cord Part Number Leng th Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
North America CAB-US52 0-C19 -US= 14 ft (4.3 m) 20 A, 125 VAC NEM A 5-2 0
(was CAB-7 513AC=)
120362

Australia, CAB-A3 112-C19-AUS= 14 ft (4.3 m) 15 A, 250 VAC SAA/3 ,


New Zealand (was CAB-7 513ACA=) AS/NZZS 3 112-1993
120356

Europe (except CAB-CEE77-C1 9-EU= 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7


Italy) (was CAB-7 513ACE=)
120357

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-13
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1400 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-9 1400 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords (continued)

Locale Power Cord Part Number Length Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
Italy CAB-C2316-C19-IT= 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 250 VAC 1 /3/16, CEI 23-16
(was CAB-751 3ACI=)
120358

United CAB-BS13 63-C1 9-UK= 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 3 A, 250 VAC BS 89/13


Kingdo m (was CAB-751 3ACU=) BS 1363/A
120359

Argentina CAB-IR207 3-C19 -AR= 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073


(was CAB-751 3ACR=)
120356

North America CAB-AC-280 0W-TWLK= 13.6 ft 1 6 A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20


(locking) (4.1 m)
2 00–24 0 VAC
120361

o peration

North America CAB-AC-280 0W-6 -20 13.2 ft 1 6 A, 250 VAC NEMA 6-20
(nonlo ckin g) (4.0 m) n on-lo ckin g
2 00–24 0 VAC
o peration
120355

Euro pe CAB-AC-280 0W-EU= 13.2 ft 1 6 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7


(4.0 m)
120357

Sou th Africa, CAB-BS54 6-C15 -SA= 13.6 ft 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC BS 456


India (was CAB-751 3ACSA) (4.1 m)
203795

International CAB-AC-280 0W-INT= 13.6 ft 1 6 A, 250 VAC IEC 309


(4.1 m)
120360

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-14 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1400 W DC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-9 1400 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords (continued)

Loca le Power Cord Part Number Leng th Co rdset Rating AC Source Plug Type
Israel CAB-S132-C19-ISRL 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC SI32
130922

UPS 220 VAC CAB-C19-CBN 9 ft (2.74 m) 20 A, 250 VAC IEC-60320-C20


130923

1400 W DC-Input Power Supply


The 1400 W DC-inp ut p ower supp ly (PWR-C45-1400DC-P), shown in Figure A-4, is supported in th e
following Catalyst 450 0 E-series switches:
• Catalyst 4503 -E
• Catalyst 4506 -E
• Catalyst 4507 R-E
• Catalyst 4510 R-E
• Catalyst 4507 R+E
• Catalyst 4510 R+E

Caution Do not install the 14 00 W DC power su pply with any other power s upply und er any circumstances.
Doin g s o can seriously damage yo ur switch.

Figure A-4 1400 W DC-Input Power Supply


231377

The 1400W DC-input power sup ply can be u sed with the Catalyst 45 00 Series AC Power Shelf
(PWR-P4502 -1PSU). Do cumentation for th e Catalyst 4500 Series AC Power Shelf is located at this url:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/d ocs/s witches/lan/catalyst4500/hard ware/co nfiguration/notes/


78_1 5068.html

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-15
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1400 W DC-Input Power Supply

1400 W DC-Input Power Supply Specifications


Tab le A-10 lists the sp ecificatio ns for the 140 0 W DC-input power su pply.

Table A-10 1400 W DC-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Specification
DC-inp ut vo ltage – 48 to –6 0 VDC (d ata only)
– 48 to –5 6 VDC (in line devices)
DC-inp ut current 3 1 A @ –60 VDC (data only )
1 80 A max imum @ – 48 VDC inp ut (data and inline d evices)
The input power is configurable in the CLI. The Cisco IOS co mmand is
power dc input. Config ure the switch software to match the
requirements of you r switch.
Power su pply outpu t • Data
capacity – 1 2 VDC @120 A,
– 3 .3 VDC @ 10 A
– 1 40 A total maximum (3 5 A maximu m each per 5 chan nels )
@–48 to –60 VDC input (in line devices)
• 1 367 W+ 40 W redundant mode (data)
2 267 W maximum in co mb ined mo de (data)
• 7 500 W maximum each in redundant mode (PoE)
7 280 W maximum in co mb ined mo de (Po E)
DC-inp ut terminal block Accepts 10 to 12 AWG size copper wire. The actual size of the wire
needed is determined by the installer or the local electrician. Terminal block
material is rated at 150°C
Output hold up time 4 ms
Heat dissipation 1 59 BTUs/hr (data)
2 905 BTUs /hr (data and voice)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-16 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1400 W DC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-11 list the 1400 W DC-inp ut power supp ly LEDs and their mean ings.

Table A-11 1400 W DC-Input Power Supply LEDs

LED Meaning
INPUT OK • Green—Sou rce DC voltage is OK. (In put voltag e is –40.5 VDC or
greater.)
• Off—Source DC voltage falls below –-33 VDC, is n ot present, or
the power supply is turned o ff.
FAN OK • Green—Power su pply fan is operating properly.
• Off—Power supply fan failure is detected.
OUTPUT FAIL • Red— Problem with one or more of th e DC-outpu t voltages of the
power sup ply is d etected.
• Off—DC-outp ut vo ltage with acceptab le margins.
In-line PWR • Green— – 48 VDC passthrough ou tput voltag e is en abled and is
greater than –3 9 VDC and less than –60 VDC.
• Off—Indicates any o f the following :
– Passthrough b reakers are not enab led
– DC input is less than –40 .5 VDC
– One or more –4 8 VDC outpu ts is less than – 39 VDC
• Amber—Passthrough b reakers are en ab led and input voltage
exceed s – 60 VDC

Table A-12 lists the ch assis specific p ower usage nu mbers for the 14 00 W DC-input power supply.

Table A-12 Chassis-Specific Power Usage

Chassis Maximum Maximum Current Heat


Draw (W) Inpu t (W) Dissipation
(BTUs)
Catalys t 45 03 specific power 47 5 6 33 • 15.6 A @ –40.5 VDC (min) 2160
usage (data on ly) • 8.8 A @ –72 VDC (max )
Catalys t 45 06 specific power 85 0 1 133 • 28 A @ –40.5 VDC (min) 3515
usage (data on ly) • 15.8 A @ –72 VDC (max)
Catalys t 45 07R-E s pecific power 10 80 1 440 • 35.6 A @ –40.5 VDC (min) 4910
usage (data on ly)
• 20 A @ –72 VDC (max)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-17
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1400 W Triple-Input DC-Input Power Supply

1400 W Triple-Input DC-Input Power Supply


The 14 00 W trip le-input DC-input power supply (PWR-C45 -14 00DC), sh own in Figure A-5, is
su pported in the following Catalyst 4500 E-series switches.
• Cataly st 4 503-E
• Cataly st 4 506-E
• Cataly st 4 507R-E
• Cataly st 4 510R-E
• Cataly st 4 507R+E
• Cataly st 4 510R+E

Figure A-5 140 0 W Triple-Input DC-Input Power Supply


231378

1400 W Triple Input DC-Input Power Supply Specifications


Tab le A-13 lists the sp ecificatio ns for the 140 0 W trip le input DC-inpu t power supply.

Table A-13 1400 W DC Triple-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Specification
DC-inp ut vo ltage • – 48 VDC for nomin al –48 V battery backup system (operating
range: –4 0.5 VDC to –56 VDC)
• – 60 VDC for nomin al –60 V battery backup system (operating
range: –5 5 VDC to –72 VDC)
DC-inp ut current • 4 2.5 A maximum @ –4 8 VDC input
• Input 1— 12.5 A @ –48 to –60 VDC
• Input 2— 15 A @ –48 to –60 VDC
• Input 3— 15 A @ –48 to –60 VDC
Power su pply outpu t • 1 721 W— 42.5 A @ –40.5 VDC (min voltage)
capacity
• 1 800 W— 25 A @ –72 VDC (max voltag e)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-18 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1400 W Triple-Input DC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-13 1400 W DC Triple-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Sp ecifica tion


Power supply ou tput • 8 A (min) to 115.3 A (max) @ +1 2 VDC
• 1.2 A (min) to 1 2.5 A (max) @ +3.3 VDC
• 1360 W+ 4 0 W redun dan t mod e
2450 W maximu m in combined mode
DC input terminal block Accepts 10 to 12 AWG size copp er wire. The actual size of the wire
needed is determined by the installer or the local electrician. Terminal block
material is rated at 302°F (150°C)
Outp ut h oldup time 8 ms
Max imum k VA rating 1 1.77 kVA (1400 W lo ad)
Max h eat dissipation 1269 BTUs/hr
Minimum software Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)EW
requirement
Power over Ethern et Not sup ported
Catalyst 45 03-E S pecific Power Two mo dules min imum required @ –4 0.5 VDC input
Usage
(data only) One 15 A module minimum required @ – 44 VDC inp ut
Max imum d raw 475 W
Max imum in put 609 W to tal / # o f modules = W per module
Current d raw at –40 .5 V 15 A total / # of mo dules = Amp eres per mod ule
(min voltage) 8.5 A total / # of modu les = Amperes per module
Current draw at –72 V (max
voltage)
Max h eat dissipation at 2078 BTUs
609 W
Catalyst 45 06-E S pecific Power Two mo dules min imum required @ –4 4 VDC input
Usage
(data only) Three modules minimum required @ – 40.5 VDC inpu t

Max imum d raw (d ata o nly) 850 W


Max imum in put 1076 W total / # of modu les = W per modu le
Current d raw at –40 .5 V 26.6 A total / # of mod ules = Amperes per modu le
(min voltage) 15 A total / # of mo dules = Amp eres per mod ule
Current draw at –72 V (max
voltage)
Max h eat dissipation at 3671 BTUs
1076 W
Catalyst 45 07R-Specific Power Three modules minimum required
Usage
(data only)
Max imum d raw (d ata o nly) 1080 W
Max in put is 1 080 W 1367 W total / # of modu les = W per modu le

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-19
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1400 W Triple-Input DC-Input Power Supply

Table A-13 1400 W DC Triple-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Specification
Current draw at –40.5 V 3 3.7 5 A total / # of modu les = Amperes per module
(min voltage)
1 9 A total / # of modu les = Amperes per module
Current draw at –72 V (max
vo ltage)
Max heat dissip ation 4 665 BTUs
1 367 W
1. The kVA rating lis ted for th e p ower s upply shou ld be us ed as the s izing criteria fo r both UPS outputs as well as s tandard
circuits and transformers to power a switch .

Tab le A-14 list the 14 00 W triple-input DC-inpu t power supply LEDs and their meaning s.

Table A-14 1400 W DC Triple-Input DC-Input Power Supply LEDs

LED Meaning
INPUT OK • Green—Source DC voltag e is OK. (Inpu t voltage is – 40.5 VDC or
g reater.)
• Off—Source AC voltag e falls b elow –33 VDC, is n ot present, or th e
p ower supply is turned off.
FAN OK • Green—Power supp ly fan is op eratin g p rop erly.
• Off—Power supply fan failure is detected.
OUTPUT FAIL • Red—Problem with o ne or more of the DC-o utput voltages of the
p ower supply is detected.
• Off—DC-output voltage with acceptable marg ins.
Note Fo r pro per operation of the OUTPUT FAIL LED, sy stems with
single power supp lies must be con figured with a minimum of
one fan tray assembly and one supervis or en gine. Systems with
dual power su pplies must have a min imum config uration of one
fan tray ass embly, on e sup ervisor engin e, and o ne additional
module. Failure to meet these minimum configuration
requirements can cau se a fals e power su pply outpu t fail sign al.

Tab le A-15 lists the 1 400 W triple-inpu t DC-inpu t p ower supply inp ut modes and outp uts.

Table A-15 1400 W DC Triple-Input Power Supply Input Modes and Output

Inpu t So urce DC Input Configuration Maximum Total Output


Mode Co nnections Po wer
1 1 1 x 12.5 A 386 W @ – 40.5 VDC
412 W @ – 44.0 VDC
2 2 or 3 1 x 15 A 466 W @ – 40.5 VDC
495 W @ – 44.0 VDC
3 1, 2 or 3 1 x 12.5 A and 845 W @ – 40.5 VDC
1 x 15 A 908 W @ – 44.0 VDC

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-20 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1400 W Triple-Input DC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-15 1400 W DC Triple-Input Power Supply Input Modes and Output (continued)

Input Sourc e DC Input Configuration Maximum Total Output


Mode Connections Power
4 2, 3 2 x 15 A 91 4 W @ –40.5 VDC
99 0 W @ –44.0 VDC
5 1, 2, 3 1 x 12.5 A and 12 94 W @ –40 .5 VDC
2 x 15 A 14 00 W @ –44 .0 VDC

Power outpu t also depen ds on whether two sup plies are used, and wh ether they are in red undant or
co mbined mod e. Table A-16 provides a matrix o f possible o utputs in comb in ed mode dep end ing on th e
power provided to the su pply.

Table A-16 Maximum Power with Two 1400 W DC Triple-Input Power Supplies in Combined
Mode

PS2 input 1 PS2 input PS2 input PS2 input PS2 input
2 or 3 1 and (2 or 3) 2 and 3 1 and 2 and 3
PS1 inp ut 1 824 W 907 W 132 0 W 140 0 W 170 0 W
PS1 inp ut 2 or 3 907 W 990 W 140 0 W 145 0 W 175 0 W
PS1 inp ut 1 and (2 1320 W 140 0 W 170 0 W 175 0 W 190 0 W
or 3)
PS1 inp ut 1400 W 145 0 W 175 0 W 182 0 W 213 0 W
2 and 3
PS1 inp ut 1700 W 175 0 W 190 0 W 213 0 W 245 0 W
1 and 2 and 3

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-21
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
1400 W Triple-Input DC-Input Power Supply

1400 W DC Triple-Input Power Supply Operational Modes


The 1 4 00 W trip le-input DC-input power supply (data only) allows added redun dan cy by providing
termin als for two DC inp uts rated at 1 5 A an d o ne rated at 12 .5 A per p ower supply.
This p ower supply has five operational modes dependin g on the inputs receiving power. When all three
in puts are active, at input voltages greater than –44.0 V DC, the power supply delivers 1400 W
maximum total o utput. Table A-17 provides outpu t information for th ese modes, given a single supply.

Table A-17 Input Modes

Inpu t Input Input Configuration Maximum Total Output


Mode Number Power
1 1 1 x 12.5 A 386 W @ – 40.5 VDC
412 W @ – 44.0 VDC
2 2 OR 3 1 x 15 A 466 W @ – 40.5 VDC
495 W @ – 44.0 VDC
3 1, 2 OR 3 1 x 12.5 A and 845 W @ – 40.5 VDC
1 x 15 A 908 W @ – 44.0 VDC
4 2, 3 2 x 15A 914 W @ – 40.5 VDC
990 W @ – 44.0 V DC
5 1, 2 , 3 1 x 12.5A and 1294 W @ –40.5 VDC
2 x 15 A 1400 W @ –44.0 VDC

The maximu m total in put current is 42.5 A and th e maximum ambient temperature is 55 C. To determin e
th e total maximum inpu t power to a supp ly, add up the active ind ivid ual mod ule inpu t power ratings.
Tab le A-18 provides ou tp ut information for th ese modes, giv en two supplies wo rking in co mbined mode.
Tab le A-19 p rovid es ou tput information for these mod es, given two s upplies working in redund ant mo de.

Table A-18 Combined Mode Power Supply Configuration


(2450 W Max Output Power)

Inpu t Maximum Input Current Maximum Input


Number Power @ –44 VDC
1 12.5 A @ –44 VDC 550 W
2 15 A @ –44 VDC 660 W
3 15 A @ –44 VDC 660 W

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-22 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
1400 W Triple-Input DC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-19 Dual Redundant Mode Power Supply Configuration


(1400 W Max Output Power)

Input App roximate Approximate Inpu t App roximate Input


Number Input Current Po wer @ –40.5 VDC Power @ –44 VDC
1 6.25 A @ 253 W 27 5 W
–4 0.5 / –44 VDC
2 7.5 A @ –4 0.5 / 304 W 33 0 W
–4 4 VDC
3 7.5 A @ –4 0.5 / 304 W 33 0 W
–4 4 VDC

Note In a redundant config uration with all in puts supplied, there mu st be a 10 0 W minimum system lo ad or
the OUTPUT FAIL LED sh ows a false failure.

The 1400 W triple-inp ut DC-inp ut power supp ly requires a minimu m d raw from the system that it is
installed in. Table A-20 sh ows the minimu m d raw for the pos sible mod es.

Table A-20 Minimum Load Table

PSU1 PSU2
Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 12 VDC 3.3 VDC
Minimum Minimum
Load Load
Single Operatio n
Mode 1 ON OFF OFF — — — 1.3 3 A 0.6 A
Mode 2 OFF ON OFF — — — 1.3 3 A 0.6 A
OFF OFF ON — — — 1.3 3 A 0.6 A
Mode 3 ON ON OFF — — — 2.6 6 A 0.6 A
ON OFF ON — — — 2.6 6 A 0.6 A
Mode 4 OFF ON ON — — — 2.6 6 A 0.6 A
Mode 5 ON ON ON — — — 4A 0.6 A
Dual Redunda nt Operation
Mode 1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 2.6 6 A 1.2 A
Mode 2 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF 2.6 6 A 1.2 A
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON 2.6 6 A 1.2 A
Mode 3 ON ON OFF ON ON OFF 5.3 2 A 1.2 A
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON 5.3 2 A 1.2 A
Mode 4 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON 5.3 2 A 1.2 A
Mode 5 ON ON ON ON ON ON 8A 1.2 A

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-23
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
2800 W AC-Input Power Supply

2800 W AC-Input Power Supply


The 28 00 W AC-in put power sup ply (PWR-C45-2800 ACV), shown in Figure A-3, is s upported in the
followin g Catalyst 4500 E-series switches :
• Cataly st 4 503-E
• Cataly st 4 506-E
• Cataly st 4 507R-E
• Cataly st 4 510R-E
• Cataly st 4 507R+E
• Cataly st 4 510R+E

Figure A-6 280 0 W AC-Input Power Supply

2
231375

1 AC-in receptacle 3 Captive installation screws


2 On/off power switch

2800 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications


Tab le A-21 lists the sp ecificatio ns for the 280 0 W AC-input power supply.

Table A-21 2800 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Specification
AC-input type Autoran ging input with power facto r co rrector
AC-input voltage 2 00 to 240 VAC (±10% for full range)
AC-input current 1 6 A maximu m at 200 VAC
AC-input frequency 5 0/60 Hz (nomin al) (±3% for full range)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-24 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
2800 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-21 2800 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Sp ecifica tion


Branch circuit req uiremen t Each ch assis power supply shou ld have its own dedicated, fu sed -bran ch
circuit:
• Fo r North America—15 A or 2 0 A
• Fo r In ternatio nal— Circuits sized to local an d natio nal codes
• All Catalyst 4500 E-series AC-inp ut power supp lies requ ire
single-p hase source AC.
• All AC p ower supp ly in puts are fully isolated.
– Source AC can be ou t o f phase between multip le power supplies
in the same chassis, which means that PS1 can be op eratin g
from phase A and PS2 can be operating fro m ph ase B.
– Fo r h igh-lin e o peration, the power supp ly operates with the ho t
co nductor wired to a source AC phase and the neutral condu ctor
wired either to groun d or to another source AC ph ase as long as
the net input voltage is in the range o f 170 to 264 VAC.
– Source AC can be out of ph ase between AC inputs on power
supplies that are eq uipped with multiple AC inp uts, which
means that p ower cord 1 can be plugg ed into phase A an d
power cord 2 can b e plug ged in to p has e B.
Power supply ou tput 2800 W maximu m
capacity 1360 W+ 4 0 W redun dan t mod e (data)
2473 W maximu m in combined mode (data)

1400 W maximu m each in redun dan t mo de (Po E)


2333 W maximu m in combined mode (PoE)
Power supply ou tput • 113.3 A @ 12 VDC (data)
• 12.1 A @ 3.3 VDC (data)
• 28 A @ –50 VDC (PoE)
Outp ut h oldup time 20 ms minimum
Max imum k VA rating 3.52 kVA
Max h eat dissipation 2387 BTUs/hr.
Minimum software Cisco IOS Release 12.1(13)EW
requirement
Power over Ethern et Supported , up to 140 0 W
(24 0 Cis co pho nes in combined mode)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-25
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
2800 W AC-Input Power Supply

Tab le A-22 describes the 28 00 W AC-in put power sup ply LEDs and their meanings.

Table A-22 2800 W AC-Input Power Supply LEDs

LED Color/State Descrip tion


INPUT OK Indicates whether the input voltage is within th e required
range:
Green Input voltage is with in th e requ ired range.
Flashing Input voltage is pres ent, but is b elow req uired range.
Off Input voltage is below th e required ran ge or the power supp ly
is off.
OUTPUT FAIL
Red Output voltage is not with in th e specified range.
Off Output voltage is with in th e specified ran ge.
FAN OK Indicates the status of th e power su pply fans:
Green Th e fans are operational.
Off Th e fans are not operational.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-26 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
2800 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

2800 W Power Supply AC Power Cords


Table A-23 lists the specifications for the AC power cords that are availab le fo r the 2 800 W AC-input
power sup ply.

Note All 2800 W AC-inpu t power supply power co rds have an IEC60 320/C19 appliance plug at one end.

Table A-23 2800 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords

Loca le Power Cord Part Number Leng th Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
North America CAB-AC-2 800W-TWLK= 13.6 ft 16 A, 250 VAC NEM A L6-20
(locking ) (4.1 m)
200– 240 VAC
120361

operation

North America CAB-AC-2 800W-6-20 13.2 ft 16 A, 250 VAC NEM A 6-2 0


(no nlocking) (4.0 m) non-locking
200– 240 VAC
operation
120355

Europe CAB-AC-2 800W-EU= 13.2 ft 16 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7


(4.0 m)
120357

Argen tina CAB-IR2 073-C19-AR= 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073


(was CAB-7 513ACR=)
120356

Internatio nal CAB-AC-2 800W-INT= 13.6 ft 16 A, 250 VAC IEC 309


(4.1 m)
120360

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-27
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
4200 W AC-Input Power Supply

4200 W AC-Input Power Supply


The 42 00 W AC-in put power sup ply (PWR-C45-4200 ACV), shown Figure A-7, is supported in th e
followin g Catalyst 4500 E-series switches :
• Cataly st 4 503-E
• Cataly st 4 506-E
• Cataly st 4 507R-E
• Cataly st 4 510R-E
• Cataly st 4 507R+E
• Cataly st 4 510R+E

Figure A-7 420 0 W AC-Input Power Supply

100-120V-
12A
50/60Hz

4 OUTP{UT

FAN OK
FAI:

3 INPUT
OK
1
POE ENABLED

2 INPUT
OK
2
231376

1
100-120V-
12A
50/60Hz

4600ACV

1 AC-input 2 recep tacle 4 AC-input 1 recep tacle


2 AC-input 2 power o n/off switch 5 Captive installation screws
3 AC-input 1 power o n/off switch

4200 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications


Tab le A-24 lists the sp ecificatio ns for the 420 0 W AC-input power supply.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-28 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
4200 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-24 4200 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Sp ecifica tion


AC-inp ut ty pe Auto ranging inp ut with power factor correcto r
Note Power factor correction is a stand ard feature on all Catalyst 450 0
E-series AC-input power supplies. PFC reduces the reactive
compon ent in the s ource AC current allowin g h igher power
factors (typically 9 9 p ercent or b etter) and lower h armonic
current comp onents.
AC-inp ut vo ltage • Low-line (120 VAC nominal)—85 VAC (min) to 1 32 VAC (max )
• High -line (230 VAC nomin al)—170 VAC (min ) to 264 VAC (max)
AC-inp ut current 12 A (maximum) @ 120 VAC or 23 0 VAC for each input
AC-inp ut frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal) (±3% for full range)
Branch circuit req uiremen t Each ch assis power supply shou ld have its own dedicated, fu sed -bran ch
circuit:
• Fo r North America—15 A or 2 0 A
• Fo r In ternatio nal— Circuits sized to local an d natio nal codes
• All Catalyst 4500 E-series AC-inp ut power supp lies requ ire
single-p hase source AC.
• All AC p ower supp ly in puts are fully isolated.
– Source AC can be ou t o f phase between multip le power supplies
in the same chassis, which means that PS1 can be op eratin g
from phase A and PS2 can be operating fro m ph ase B.
– Fo r h igh-lin e o peration, the power supp ly operates with the ho t
co nductor wired to a source AC phase and the neutral condu ctor
wired either to groun d or to another source AC ph ase as long as
the net input voltage is in the range o f 170 to 264 VAC.
– Source AC can be out of ph ase between AC inputs on power
supplies that are eq uipped with multiple AC inp uts, which
means that p ower cord 1 can be plugg ed into phase A an d
power cord 2 can b e plug ged in to p has e B.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-29
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
4200 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-24 4200 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Specification
Power su pply outpu t The power supply ou tput capacity is dependent on the nu mber of AC
capacity p ower co rds (1 or 2) attached, the sou rce AC voltage (110 VAC
[low-line] or 22 0 VAC [high-line] ap plied to the power sup ply inputs,
and the number of p ower supp ly p ower switches switched o n o r off.
Note If source AC is ap plied to bo th two inputs, both inpu ts sh ould
have the same AC voltage.
1 050 W op eratio n 1 050 W max imum with the followin g combinations of power cords and
so urce AC voltage applied to the power supply inpu ts:
• One AC input is connected to low-line (110 VAC nominal); the
second AC input is not co nnected to source AC or is switch ed off.
2 100 W op eratio n 2 100 W max imum with the followin g combinations of power cords and
so urce AC voltage applied to the power supply inpu ts:
• Both AC inputs are co nnected to low-lin e (1 10 VAC n ominal) an d
b oth inputs are s witched on .
• One AC input connected to high -line (22 0 VAC nomin al); th e
second AC input is not co nnected or is switched off.
4 200 W op eratio n 4 200 W max imum with the followin g combinations of power cords and
so urce AC voltage applied to the power supply inpu ts:
• Both AC inputs are connected to high-line (220 VAC nominal) and
b oth inputs are s witched on .
Power su pply outpu t • 1 050 W op eratio n (with on e 110 VAC nominal input)
– 5 5.9 A @ 12 V (data o nly)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 V (data on ly)
– 14.6 A @ –50 V (PoE if used)
• 2 100 W op eratio n (with two 1 10 VAC n ominal inp uts)
– 1 15.3 A @ 12 V (d ata only)
– 12.5 A @ 3.3 V (data on ly)
– 38.0 A @ –50 V (PoE if used)
• 2 100 W op eratio n (with on e 220 VAC nominal input)
– 1 15.3 A @ 12 V (d ata only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 V (data on ly)
– 3 8.5 A @ –50 V (PoE if used)
• 4 200 W op eratio n (with two 2 20 VAC n ominal inp uts)
– 1 15.3 A @ 12 V (d ata only)
– 12.5 A @ 3.3 V (data on ly)
– 77.1 A @ –50 V (PoE if used)
Output hold up time 2 0 ms minimu m
Maximum kVA rating 5 .25 k VA

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-30 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
4200 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-24 4200 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Sp ecifica tion


Max h eat dissipation 3583 BTUs/hr.
Minimum software Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)EWA
requirement
Power over Ethern et Supported , up to 420 0 W

Table A-25 d escribes the 4200 W AC-input power supply LEDs and their meanings .

Table A-25 4200 W AC-Input Power Supply LEDs

LED Color/State Desc ription


INPUT OK Ind icates wheth er th e inpu t voltage is within the req uired
range:
Green Inp ut vo ltage is within the required rang e.
Flashing Inp ut vo ltage is p resent, but is below required ran ge.
Off Inp ut voltage is below the req uired range o r the power su pply
is off.
OUTPUT FAIL
Red Outpu t voltage is n ot within the sp ecified range.
Off Outpu t voltage is within the sp ecified range.
FAN OK Ind icates the statu s o f the power supply fan s:
Green The fan s are operation al.
Off The fan s are not operation al.

Note The 4200 W AC power s upply shou ld not be used in mixed -voltage con figuratio ns. All the inputs in a
ch assis must be at the s ame vo ltage (1 10 VAC or 220 VAC).

Table A-26 s hows the wattage o utput possib le from a 42 00 W power s upply in redun dan t mo de. In
redun dan t mode, the two p ower su pplies must h ave the same number o f in puts and all in puts must be the
same vo ltage. If the in put voltages to the power supplies are mismatched , cho ose the valu e matching the
weak er o f the two power supp lies.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-31
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
4200 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-26 Redundant Mode Output

Source AC to Power Supplies +12 VDC +3.3 VDC –50 VDC Total (W)
1 10 VAC to on e input on su pply 1 an d o ne 660 W 40 W 700 W 1050 W
1 00 VAC to on e input on power supply 2
1 10 VAC to both inp uts on power supp ly 1 an d 1360 W 40 W 1850 W 2100 W
1 10 VAC to both inputs on power supply 2, or
o ne 220 VAC in put to power supp ly 1 and o ne
2 20 VAC inp ut to p ower supp ly 2
2 20 VAC to both inp uts on power supp ly 1 an d 1360 W 40 W 3700 W 4200 W
p ower supply 2

Tab le A-27 shows the maximu m outpu t wattag e with two 420 0 W AC-input power supplies op erating in
combin ed mode.

Table A-27 4200 W Power Supplies in Combined Mode Output

Source AC to Power Supplies W@ W@ W@ Maximum (W)


+12 VDC +3.3 VDC –50 VDC
Both power supplies with one input at 1 200 W 40 W 1320 W 187 0 W
1 10 VAC
One 11 0 VAC inp ut to o ne power supply 1 800 W 40 W 2000 W 273 0 W
and two 11 0 VAC inp uts to th e other
p ower supply
Both power supplies with two 11 0 VAC 2 200 W 40 W 3100 W 380 0 W
in puts
Both power supplies with one 220 VAC 2 200 W 40 W 3100 W 380 0 W
in put
Two 22 0 VAC inpu ts to o ne power supply, 2 200 W 40 W 4700 W 550 0 W
o ne 220 VAC inpu t to the other power
su pply
Both power supplies with two 22 0 VAC 2 200 W 40 W 6200 W 760 0 W
in puts

4200 W Power Supply AC Power Cords


Tab le A-28 lists the sp ecificatio ns for the AC power cord s th at are available for th e 420 0 W AC-input
p ower supply.

Note All 4 200 W power supply power cords have an IEC60 320/C19 appliance plug at one end.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-32 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
4200 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-28 4200 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords

Loca le Power Cord Part Number Leng th Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
North America CAB-US51 5P-C19-US 9.8 ft 15 A, 125 VAC NEM A 5-1 5P
120 VAC (2.98 m)
operation
120354

North America CAB-L6 20P-C19 -US 14 ft (4.2 m) 20 A, 250 VAC NEM A L6-20
(locking )
200– 240 VAC
120361

operation

North America CAB-US62 0P-C19-US 13.2 ft 20 A, 250 VAC NEM A 6-2 0


(no nlocking) (4.02 m) non-locking
200– 240 VAC
operation
120355

Europe CAB-CEE77-C1 9-EU 13.2 ft 15 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7


(4.0 m)
120357

Internatio nal CAB-I309-C19-INT 13.6 ft 16 A, 250 VAC IEC 309


(includin g (4.1 m)
Argen tina and
South Africa)
120360

Australia CAB-A3 112-C19-AUS 14 ft (4.3 m) 15 A, 250 VAC AS/NZZS 3 112


120356

Argen tina CAB-IR2 073-C19-AR= 14 ft (4.3 m) 10 A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073


(was CAB-7 513ACR=)
120356

Italy CAB-C231 6-C19 -IT 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC CEI 23-16


120358

United CAB-BS1363-C19-UK 14 ft (4.3 m) 13 A, 250 VAC BS 136 3


King dom
120359

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-33
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
6000 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-28 4200 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords (continued)

Locale Power Cord Part Number Length Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
Israeli CAB-S1 32-C1 9-ISRL 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC SI32
130922

UPS 220 V CAB-C19-CBN 9 ft (2.74 m) 2 0 A, 25 0 VAC IEC-60320 -C20


130923

6000 W AC-Input Power Supply


The 60 00 W AC-in put power sup ply (PWR-C45-6000 ACV), shown in Figure A-8, is s upported in
followin g Catalyst 4500 E-series switch chassis:
• Cataly st 4 503-E
• Cataly st 4 506-E
• Cataly st 4 507R-E
• Cataly st 4 510R-E
• Cataly st 4 507R+E
• Cataly st 4 510R+E

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-34 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
6000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Figure A-8 6000 W Dual-Input AC Power Supply

4
274931

1 AC-inp ut 2 receptacle 4 AC-inp ut 1 receptacle


2 AC-inp ut 2 on switch 5 Captive screws
3 AC-inp ut 1 on switch 6 Remote power cyclin g terminal

6000 W Power Supply Specifications


Table A-29 lists the specifications for the 6 000 W AC-input power su pplies.

Table A-29 600 0 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Sp ecifica tion


AC-inp ut ty pe Auto ranging inp uts with power factor correctio n
Note Power factor correction is a standard feature o n all Catalyst 45 00
E-series AC-input power supplies. PFC reduces the reactive
compon ent in the s ource AC current allowin g h igher power
factors (typically 9 9 p ercent or b etter) and lower h armonic
current comp onents.
AC-inp ut vo ltage • Low-line (120 VAC nominal)—85 VAC (min) to 1 32 VAC (max )
• High -line (230 VAC nomin al)—170 VAC (min ) to 264 VAC (max)
AC-inp ut current • 12 A (max) @ 120 VAC (for each input)
• 16 A (max) @ 230 VAC (for each input)
AC-inp ut frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal) (±3% for full range)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-35
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
6000 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-29 6000 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Specification
Power su pply outpu t Total ou tput d epends on the nu mber of inputs connected an d the source
AC voltage. If two inp uts are used, they should both be o f the same AC
vo ltage.
• 1 050 W op eratio n (with on e 120 VAC nominal input)
– 7 0.8 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 1 8.4 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if used)
• 2 100 W op eratio n (with two 1 20 VAC n ominal inp uts)
– 1 41.6 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 3 7.0 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if used)
• 3 000 W op eratio n (with on e 230 VAC nominal input)
– 1 83.3 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 4 8 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if used)
• 6 000 W op eratio n (with two 2 30 VAC n ominal inp uts)
– 1 83.3 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 9 6 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if used)
Power su pply outpu t 6 000 W maximum
capacity
Output hold up time 2 0 ms minimu m
k VA rating1 6 .8 kVA (power factor = 0.99)
Heat dissipation 2 ,72 0 BTUs/hr (approx.)
Min imum s oftware Cisco IOS Release 12.2(52)SG
requirement
Power over Ethernet Sup ported, up to 4800 W
1. The kVA rating lis ted for th e p ower s upply shou ld be us ed as the s izing criteria fo r both UPS outputs as well as s tandard
circuits and transformers to power a switch .

Tab le A-30 list the 60 00 W AC-in put power sup ply LEDs and their meanings.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-36 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
6000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-30 600 0 W AC-input Power Supply LEDs

LED Meaning
INPUT OK • Green—Sou rce AC voltag e is OK. (Inpu t voltage is 8 5 VAC or
greater.)
• Off—Source AC voltage falls b elow 70 VAC, is no t presen t, or the
power sup ply is tu rned off.
FAN OK • Green—Power su pply fan is operating properly.
• Off—Power supply fan failure is detected.
OUTPUT FAIL • Red— Problem with one or more of th e DC-outpu t voltages of the
power sup ply is d etected.
• Off—DC-outp ut vo ltage with acceptab le margins.
Note For proper operation o f the OUTPUT FAIL LED, systems with
sing le power su pplies mu st b e configu red with a minimu m of
on e fan tray assembly an d o ne sup ervisor engine. Systems with
du al power supplies mu st have a minimum con figuratio n of o ne
fan tray assembly, one s uperviso r en gine, and one additio nal
mod ule. Failure to meet these minimum config uration
req uiremen ts can cause a false power supply ou tput fail s ignal.

Note The 6 000 W AC-inp ut power su pply should not be us ed in mix ed-voltage config urations. All th e inputs
in a chas sis mu st b e at the same voltag e (110 VAC o r 220 VAC).

Table A-31 s hows the wattage o utput possib le from a 60 00 W AC-in put power sup ply in redund ant
mode. In redund ant mode, two power sup plies must have identical inpu ts and all in puts must be at th e
same voltage. If the inpu t vo ltages are mismatched , choose the value match ing the weaker of the two
power sup plies .

Table A-31 Redundant Mode Output

12 VDC 3.3 VDC –50 VDC Total


110 VAC to a single input on both su pplies 850 W 40 W 92 2 W 10 50 W
110 VAC to both inputs on bo th supplies 17 00 W 40 W 1850 W 21 00 W
220 VAC input to one input on both sup plies 22 00 W 40 W 2400 W 30 00 W
220 VAC to both inputs on bo th supplies 22 00 W 40 W 4600 W 60 00 W

Table A-32 shows the max imu m outpu t wattage with two 6000 W AC-inp ut power supplies in comb ined
mode.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-37
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
6000 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-32 Combined Mode Output

W @ 12 VDC W @3.3 VDC W @ –50 VDC Maximum (W)


Both PS with one in put at 110 VAC 1400 W 40 W 1 670 W 1710 W
One 11 0 VAC inp ut to o ne PS, two 2360 W 40 W 2 560 W 2800 W
1 10 VAC inp uts to th e other PS
Both PS with two 110 VAC inputs 3090 W 40 W 3 360 W 3700 W
Both PS with one 2 20 VAC in put 4000 W 40 W 4 360 W 5400 W
Two 220 VAC inpu ts to on e PS, one 4000 W 40 W 6 600 W 6200 W
2 20 VAC inp ut to th e other PS
Both PS with two 220 VAC inputs 4000 W 40 W 8 700 W 1090 0 W

6000 W Power Supply AC Power Cords


Tab le A-33 lists the sp ecificatio ns for the AC power cord s th at are available for th e 600 0 W AC-input
p ower supply. The table in clud es referen ces to power cord illustrations.

Note All 6 000 W AC-input power su pply power cords have an IEC6032 0/C19 ap plian ce plug at on e end.

Table A-33 6000 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords

Locale Power Cord Part Number Length Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
North America CAB-US515P-C19-US 9 .8 ft 1 5 A, 12 5 VAC NEMA 5-15P
1 20 VAC (2.98 m)
o peration
120354

North America CAB-US620P-C19-US 13.2 ft 2 0 A, 25 0 VAC NEMA 6-20


(nonlo ckin g) (4.02 m) n on-lo ckin g
2 00–24 0 VAC
o peration
120355

Euro pe CAB-AC-280 0W-EU= 13.2 ft 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC CEE 7/7


(4.0 m)
CAB-CEE77 -C19-EU=
120357

International CAB-AC-280 0W-INT= 13.6 ft 2 0 A, 25 0 VAC IEC 309


CAB-I309-C19-INT= (4.1 m)
120360

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-38 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
6000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-33 600 0 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords (continued)

Loca le Power Cord Part Number Leng th Co rdset Rating AC Source Plug Type
North America CAB-AC-2 800W-TWLK= 13.6 ft 16 A, 250 VAC NEM A L6-20
(locking ) (4.1 m)
CAB-L6 20P-C19 -US=
200– 240 VAC
120361

operation

Australia CAB-AC-1 6A-AUS 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC AU20S3


CAB-A3 112-C19-AUS=
275667

Argen tina CAB-IR2 073-C19-AR= 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073


120356

China CAB-9K16A-CH 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC GB16C


200– 240 VAC
275664

operation

Switzerland CAB-ACS-16 8 ft (2.9 m) 16 A, 250 VAC G23


275665

India CAB-SABS-C19 -IND 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC SABS 16 4-1


275666

United CAB-BS1363-C19-UK= 14 ft (4.3 m) 13A, 250 VAC BS 136 3A


King dom
120359

Italy CAB-C231 6-C19 -IT= 14 ft (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC CEI 23-16


120358

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-39
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
6000 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-33 6000 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords (continued)

Locale Power Cord Part Number Length Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
Israel CAB-S1 32-C1 9-ISRL= 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC SI 1 6S3
130922

Brazil CAB-EL22 4-C19 -BR= 8 ft (2.9 m) 1 0 A, 25 0 VAC NBR 14 136


275665

UPS 220 V CAB-C19-CBN 9 ft (2.74 m) 2 0 A, 25 0 VAC IEC-60320 -C20


130923

Remote Power Cycling Feature


The 6000 W AC-input power supp ly is equ ipped with a remote p ower cycling featu re that allows you to
remo tely turn on or turn off the power supply thro ugh an external relay contro ller box . Figure A-9 shows
a typical remote power on/off setup. A three-po sition terminal blo ck, located on the lower righ t quadrant
o f the power supply faceplate, p rovid es the in terface to the external relay controller box. (See
Figure A-9.)

Figure A-9 Remote Power On/Off Feature Components

6000 Watt power supply

Remote
power on/off
Relay controller terminal block
274932

Relay
controller Ferrite
power Network bead

Terminal Block
The terminal blo ck has four contacts labeled +V, IN, GND, and FB. Two control wires fro m an external
relay controller box attach to either +V and IN o r IN and GND. +V and IN are used when the relay
controller bo x co ntain s a n ormally-open (NO) type of relay. IN and GND are used when usin g an RS-232
in terface.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-40 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
6000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Ferrite Bead
A plas tic bag containing one ferrite bead an d two 4-inch p lastic ties is included with the 600 0 W power
supply AC power cords. The ferrite bead is a passive device that limits hig h-frequency interference o n
interface an d control cables and is only required when you install the remote power-cy cling feature that
is supp orted by the 60 00 W power supp ly. The ferrite bead is installed o n the two control wires th at come
from the relay con troller box to the terminal b lock on th e 6000 W power supp ly. Th e ferrite bead should
be installed as clo se as po ssible to the p ower supply terminal block for the bead to be effectiv e. You do
not need the ferrite bead for 6000 W p ower supply in stallations that d o not inclu de the remote
power-cycling feature. If y ou need to install the ferrite bead, see the“Installing the Ferrite Bead”
pro cedure on page 4-2 2.

Remote Power-Cycling Operation


This feature allows you to remotely power cycle the Cataly st 4500 E-series switch usin g an y appro priate
third -party relay controller. This feature elimin ates the need for you to have access to the s uperviso r
en gine console o r CLI to control power cycling. Tab le A-34 lists the relay co ntroller box relay ty pe, the
co rresp onding power supp ly terminal blo ck position s, and a description of the power-cyclin g operation .

Table A-34 600 0 W Power Supply Relay Controller Switch Settings and Operation

External Relay Power Supp ly Termina l Block Position s Used Remote Power-Cycling Operation
Controller Box Relay
Type
Normally open Th e +V pin is internally pulled up to 12 VDC • Power supp ly cycled from on to off. The
(NO) relay. with a 10 K oh ms pu ll up resistor, and pin IN is power su pply is powered off by energ izing
connected to the input p in (either p in 1, 4, 10, or the relay (relay contacts go fro m o pen to
13 ) of the line receiver. closed) for more than 5 seconds.
• Power supp ly cycled from off to on. The
power supply is powered on by reenerg izing
the relay (relay contacts go fro m closed to
open) after a 10 second d elay.
RS232 driver. Pin IN is connected to the input pin (either pin • Power supply cycles from on to off. The
1, 4, 10, or 13) of the lin e receiver, and pin GND power su pply is powered off by RS-232
is connected to ground. A capacitor of 1 uF logic HI for more than 5 secon ds.
sho uld be us ed between th e line receiver input
• Power supp ly cycles from off to on— The
and the g rou nd to b ypass n oise peaks.
power su pply is powered on by RS-232 logic
LO after a 10 second d elay.
No relay attached. — —
Remote power-cyclin g
feature not installed.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-41
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
9000 W AC-Input Power Supply

9000 W AC-Input Power Supply


The 9000 W AC-input power supp ly (PWR-C4 5-9 000ACV), shown in Figure A-10, is supp orted b y the
followin g Catalyst 4500 E-series switch chassis:
• Cataly st 4 503-E
• Cataly st 4 506-E
• Cataly st 4 507R-E
• Cataly st 4 510R-E
• Cataly st 4 507R+E
• Cataly st 4 510R+E

Figure A-10 90 00 W AC_Input Power Supply Features

6
346601

4
3
2

1 Power su pply status LEDs 5 AC in co nnectors (IE60 320/C20) (3 inpu ts)


2 Remote p ower cycling feature terminal block 6 AC power switch es (3 s witches )
3 Handle 7 Captive installation screws (2X)
4 Power cord con nector retentio n clips

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-42 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
9000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

9000 W Power Supply Specifications


Table A-35 lists the specifications for the 9 000 W AC-input power su pply.

Table A-35 90 0 0 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications

Item Sp ecifica tion


AC-inp ut ty pe Auto ranging inp uts with power factor correctio n (PFC)
Note PFC is a standard feature on all Catalyst 45 00 E-series AC-inp ut
power supplies. PFC reduces the reactive component in the
sou rce AC cu rrent allowing hig her power factors (typically 99
percent or better) and lower harmonic current comp onents.
AC-inp ut vo ltage • Low-line (120 VAC nominal)—85 VAC (min) to 1 32 VAC (max )
• High -line (230 VAC nomin al)—170 VAC (min ) to 264 VAC (max)
Note Mixed voltage inpu t mo de operation is sup ported. However,
with mixed voltage inp uts, o utput power defaults to the triple
12 0 VAC outp ut limits .
AC-inp ut current • 12 A (max) @ 120 VAC (for each input)
• 16 A (max) @ 230 VAC (for each input)
AC-inp ut frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal) (±3% for full range)
DC output voltages • 12 VDC (11.8 VDC (min) to 12.2 VDC (max ))
• 3.3 VDC (3 .2 VDC (min) to 3 .4 VDC (max))
• -50 VDC (-48 VDC (min) to -52 VDC (max))

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-43
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
9000 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-35 9000 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Specification
Power su pply outpu t Total ou tput power depends on the nu mber of inpu ts conn ected and the
available source AC voltage. If more than on e i n put is u sed, all inputs b e
th e same AC vo ltage (either high -line or low-line).
Note Mixed vo ltage input mode operation is suppo rted.

• 1 100 W op eratio n (with on e 120 VAC nominal input)


– 8 0 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 2 0 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if used)
• 2 200 W op eratio n (with two 1 20 VAC n ominal inp uts)
– 1 21.7 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 4 0 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if used)
• 3 300 W op eratio n (with three 120 VAC nominal inputs)
– 1 21.7 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 5 0 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if used)
• 3 000 W op eratio n (with on e 230 VAC nominal input)
– 1 21.7 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 5 0 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if used)
• 6 000 W op eratio n (with two 2 30 VAC n ominal inp uts)
– 1 66.7 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 1 00 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if us ed)
• 9 000 W op eratio n (with three 230 VAC nominal inputs)
– 1 66.7 A @ 12 VDC (data only)
– 1 2.5 A @ 3.3 VDC (data o nly)
– 1 50 A @ –50 VDC (PoE if us ed)

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-44 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
9000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-35 90 0 0 W AC-Input Power Supply Specifications (continued)

Item Sp ecifica tion


Power supply ou tput 9000 W maximu m
capacity
Outp ut h oldup time 20 ms minimum
kVA rating 1 9 680 kVA (power factor = 0.99)
Heat dissip ation 3 010 BTUs/hr (max.)
Minimum software Cisco IOS Release IOS-XE 3 .4 .0SG/15.1(2 )SG
requirement
Power over Ethern et Supported , up to 750 0 W
1. The kVA rating listed for the power supply sh ould be used as the sizin g criteria for both UPS ou tputs as well as stand ard
circuits and transformers to po wer a switch.

Table A-36 list the 9000 W AC-input power supply LEDs and their meaning s.

Table A-36 90 0 0 W AC-input Power Supply LEDs

LED Meaning
INPUT 1 OK • Green—Sou rce AC voltag e is OK. (Inpu t voltage is 8 5 VAC or
greater.)
INPUT 2 OK
INPUT 3 OK • Off—Source AC vo ltage falls below 7 0 VAC, source AC is no t
present, o r the p ower supply is turned off.
Note For an AC inpu t vo ltage that is between 70 VAC and 8 5 VAC, the
INPUT OK LED con dition is indeterminate; it can be either
green, off, or flashing green.
FAN OK • Green—Power su pply fan is operating properly.
• Off—Power supply fan failure is detected.
OUTPUT FAIL • Red— Problem with one or more of th e DC-outpu t voltages of the
power sup ply is d etected.
• Off—DC-outp ut vo ltage with acceptab le margins.
Note For proper operation o f the OUTPUT FAIL LED, systems with
sing le power su pplies mu st b e configu red with a minimu m of
on e fan tray assembly an d o ne sup ervisor engine. Systems with
du al power supplies mu st have a minimum con figuratio n of o ne
fan tray assembly, one s uperviso r en gine, and one additio nal
mod ule. Failure to meet these minimum config uration
req uiremen ts can cause a false power supply ou tput fail s ignal.

System software detects h ow many o f th e source AC in put lines o n the power su pply are powered and at
what voltag e (low-lin e or h ig h-lin e) th ey are o perating at. In addition , the 1 2 VDC and the -50 VDC
outpu t lines are mon itored allowing total o utput power to be determined .
In redundant mod e, the switch uses on e power supp ly as the p rimary s upply and th e second power supp ly
as a backup. If the primary p ower sup ply fails, the secon d power supply immediately supp orts th e switch
witho ut d isrup tion to th e switch operation .

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-45
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
9000 W AC-Input Power Supply

Tab le A-37 shows th e wattage outp ut possible from a 9000 W AC-inpu t p ower supply op eratin g in
redundant mode.

Table A-37 Redundant Mode Operation (90 00 W AC-input Power Supply)

Po wer Supply 1 Watts @ Watts @ Watts @ Total Power


3.3 VDC 12 VDC (Data) -50 VDC (PoE) (W)
Input 1 Input 2 Input 3
110 VAC — — 40 960 1000 1100 (max )
110 VAC 110 VAC — 40 1460 2000 2200 (max )
110 VAC 110 VAC 110 VAC 40 1460 2500 3300 (max )
220 VAC — — 40 1460 2500 3000 (max )
220 VAC 220 VAC — 40 1960 5000 6000 (max )
220 VAC 220 VAC 220 VAC 40 1960 7500 9000 (max )

Note In red undant mo de, the two power sup plies must have identical inp uts and all in puts must be at the same
vo ltage. If either of the two power su pplies is un powered, th ere is no redu ndancy.

In co mbined mo de, each of the two power su pplies p rovides appro ximately 83% of its capacity to the
switch . Th is allows for greater utilization of the power supplies with increased PoE densities. In the
even t of a power s upply failure, the sy stem powers down all devices except the s uperviso r. Du ring this
time, there will be a temporary n etwork ou tage while power is restored to the system. Table A-38 lists
th e power su pply input voltage combin ation s, the power share ratio between the two supp lies and the
p ower availab le to the chassis.

Table A-38 Power Supplies Combined Mode Ratios and Capacities

PS1 Input PS2 Input 12 VDC -50 VDC Watts @ Watts @ Watts @ Total
Voltage Voltage Share Ratio Share Ratio 3.3 VDC 12 VDC (Data) -50 VDC (PoE) Power
1/2/3 1/2/3 (Watts)
110/1 10/110 110/11 0/110 4 5/55 40 /60 67 262 8 415 0 542 3
110/1 10/— 110/11 0/— 4 5/55 40 /60 67 262 8 332 0 360 6
110/— /— 110/—/— 4 0/60 30 /70 67 159 4 142 0 178 9
110/1 10/110 110/11 0/— 4 0/60 40 /60 67 201 9 345 7 450 9
110/1 10/110 110/—/— 4 0/60 30 /70 67 161 6 236 4 359 6
110/1 10/— 110/—/— 4 0/60 30 /70 67 181 8 165 0 269 4
220/2 20/220 220/22 0/220 4 8/52 48 /52 67 376 2 144 00 172 06
220/2 20/— 220/22 0/— 4 5/55 40 /60 67 376 2 830 0 101 37
220/ —/— 220/—/— 4 5/55 40 /60 67 262 8 415 0 493 0
220/2 20/220 220/22 0/— 4 5/55 45 /55 67 294 0 112 50 134 29
220/2 20/220 220/—/— 4 0/60 40 /60 67 216 8 830 0 989 3
220/2 20/— 220/—/— 4 5/55 40 /60 67 264 6 622 5 741 2

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-46 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
9000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-38 Power Supplies Combined Mode Ratios and Capacities (continued)

PS1 Input PS2 Input 12 VDC -50 VDC Watts @ Watts @ Watts @ Total
Vo ltage Voltage Sh are Ratio Share Ratio 3.3 VDC 12 VDC (Data) -50 VDC (PoE) Power
1/2/3 1/2/3 (Watts)
11 0/110/11 0 220 /220/220 45/55 40/60 67 2 628 4 150 5 423
11 0/110/— 220 /220/— 45/55 40/60 67 2 628 3 320 3 606
11 0/—/— 220 /—/— 40/60 30/70 67 1 594 1 420 1 789

9000 W Power Supply AC Power Cords


Table A-39 lists the specifications for the AC power cords that are availab le fo r the 9 000 W AC-input
power sup ply. The table includes references to power cord illustrations.

Note All 9000 W AC-inpu t power supply power co rds have an IEC60 320/C19 appliance plug at one end.

Table A-39 90 0 0 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords

Loca le Power Cord Part Number Leng th Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
North America CAB-US51 5P-C19-US 9.8 ft 15 A, 125 VAC NEM A 5-1 5P
(2.98 m)
120 VAC
operation
120354

North America CAB-US62 0P-C19-US 13.2 ft 20 A, 250 VAC NEM A 6-2 0


(no nlocking) (4.02 m) non-locking
200– 240 VAC
120355

operation

Europe CAB-AC-2 800W-EU= 13.2 ft 16 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7


(4.0 m)
CAB-CEE77-C1 9-EU=
120357

Internatio nal CAB-AC-2 800W-INT= 13.6 ft 20 A, 250 VAC IEC 309


(4.1 m)
CAB-I309-C19-INT=
120360

North America CAB-AC-2 800W-TWLK= 13.6 ft 16 A, 250 VAC NEM A L6-20


(locking ) CAB-L6 20P-C19 -US= (4.1 m)
120361

200– 240 VAC


operation

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-47
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
9000 W AC-Input Power Supply

Table A-39 9000 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords (continued)

Locale Power Cord Part Number Length Cordset Rating AC Source Plug Type
Australia CAB-AC-16A-AUS 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC AU20S3
CAB-A311 2-C19 -AUS=
275667

Argentina CAB-IR207 3-C19 -AR= 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC IRAM 2073


120356

Chin a CAB-9K16 A-CH 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC GB16C


2 00–24 0 VAC
275664

o peration

Switzerland CAB-ACS-16 8 ft (2.9 m) 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC G23


275665

India CAB-SABS-C19-IND 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC SABS 164-1


275666

United CAB-BS13 63-C1 9-UK= 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 3A, 250 VAC BS 1363A


Kingdo m
120359

Italy CAB-C2316-C19-IT= 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC CEI 23-16


120358

Israel CAB-S1 32-C1 9-ISRL= 14 ft (4.3 m) 1 6 A, 25 0 VAC SI 1 6S3


130922

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-48 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
9000 W AC-Inpu t Power Supp ly

Table A-39 90 0 0 W AC-Input Power Supply Power Cords (continued)

Loca le Power Cord Part Number Leng th Co rdset Rating AC Source Plug Type
Brazil CAB-EL224-C19-BR= 8 ft (2.9 m) 10 A, 250 VAC NBR 14136
275665

UPS 220V CAB-C19-CBN 9 ft (2.74 m) 20 A, 250 VAC IEC-60320-C20


130923

Remote Power Cycling Feature


The 90 00 W AC-inp ut power su pply is equipped with a remote power cy cling feature that allows yo u to
remotely turn on or turn off the power supp ly th rou gh an external relay controller box. Figure A-11
shows a ty pical remote p ower on/off setup. A three-pos ition terminal blo ck, located on the lower right
quadrant of the power supp ly faceplate, p rovides the interface to the extern al relay controller box. (See
Figure A-11.)

Figure A-11 Remote Power On/Off Feature Components (900 0 W Power Supply)

9000 Watt power supply

Remote
power on/off
Relay controller terminal block
346610

Relay
controller Ferrite
power Network bead

Terminal Block
The termin al block h as fou r con tacts labeled +V, IN, GND, an d FB. Two control wires from an extern al
relay controller box attach to either +V and IN or IN and GND. +V and IN are used wh en the relay
co ntroller box contains a normally-open (NO) type of relay. IN an d GND are used wh en using an RS-23 2
interface.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-49
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
9000 W AC-Input Power Supply

Ferrite Bead
A plastic bag co ntain ing o ne ferrite bead and two 4-inch plastic ties is included with the 9000 W power
su pply AC p ower cords . The ferrite b ead is a passive dev ice that limits high-frequency interference on
in terface and co ntro l cables and is o nly required when you install the remote p ower-cycling featu re that
is s upported by the 9000 W power supply. The ferrite bead is ins talled on th e two co ntrol wires that come
fro m the relay controller b ox to the terminal block o n the 90 00 W power supply. The ferrite bead sh ould
b e installed as close as possib le to th e power su pply terminal blo ck fo r the bead to be effective. Yo u d o
not need the ferrite bead for 9000 W power su pply installatio ns that do no t include the remo te
p ower-cycling feature. If you n eed to install the ferrite bead, see the “Installing the Ferrite Bead”
p rocedure on page 4-22.

Remote Power-Cycling Operation


This feature allows you to remotely power cycle the Catalyst 4 500 E-series switch using any app ropriate
th ird-party relay co ntroller. This featu re eliminates the need for you to have access to the sup ervisor
engin e con sole or CLI to co ntro l power cyclin g. Table A-34 lists the relay controller box relay type, the
correspon ding p ower s upply terminal block p ositions, and a description o f th e power-cycling operation.

Table A-40 9000 W Power Supply Relay Controller Switch Settings and Operation

Externa l Relay Po wer Supply Terminal Blo ck Positions Used Remote Power-Cycling Operation
Co ntroller Box Relay
Typ e
Normally o pen The +V pin is in ternally p ulled up to 12 VDC • Power s upply cy cled from on to off. Th e
(NO) relay. with a 10 K ohms pull up resistor, and pin IN is power supply is powered off by energizing
co nnected to th e in put pin (either pin 1 , 4 , 1 0, or th e relay (relay co ntacts go from open to
13) o f the line receiver. closed) for more than 5 seconds.
• Power s upply cy cled from off to o n. Th e
p ower su pply is p owered on by reenergizing
th e relay (relay co ntacts go from closed to
o pen ) after a 10 second delay.
RS2 32 driver. Pin IN is co nnected to the inp ut p in (either pin • Power s upply cy cles from on to off. Th e
1, 4, 10, or 13) o f the line receiver, an d pin GND p ower supp ly is powered o ff by RS-23 2
is con nected to g rou nd. A capacitor of 1 uF logic HI for more than 5 seconds.
should b e used between the line receiver inp ut
• Power s upply cy cles from off to on — The
an d th e ground to byp ass noise peaks .
power supply is powered on by RS-232 logic
LO after a 10 second delay.
No relay attached . — —
Remote power-cycling
feature not installed.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-50 OL-13972-02
Appendix A Power Supply Specifications
Environmental Monitoring Feature

Environmental Monitoring Feature


With the enviro nmen tal monito ring and reporting feature, you can keep yo ur system run ning by
resolvin g advers e env ironmental con ditions before a loss of op eration .
The p ower s upply monitors its own internal temperature an d voltages. In the even t of excessive internal
temp eratu re, the p ower supply sh uts d own to preven t damage. Wh en the power supp ly returns to a safe
operating temperature, it restarts. If the power supply outp ut voltag e is not within the specified rang e,
the LED labeled OUTPUT FAIL will light. An instance of substantial outp ut overvoltage can shut down
the power supply.
An instance of sub stantial input overvoltage (greater th an –75 VDC continu ous) can damage the p ower
supply inp ut circu itry and can cause it to sh ut d own permanently.
Fo r a 1400 W DC power supply, the main power switch has an input rang e of –40 .5 to –72 VDC, wh ile
the –48 V PoE operates over a range o f –40.5 to –56 VDC. Th e PoE either fails to start or shuts down if
exp osed to g reater than –56 VDC input. PoE recovers after y ou recycle in put power with in the proper
voltage rang e. If th e PoE shuts down due to inp ut ov ervoltag e (greater th an –56 VDC), the main
co nverter s ection does not shut down .
The sup ervisor engine mon itors the status of each power supply an d provides a status report through the
switch software. For more details o n h ow the sup ervisor eng ine monito rs the p ower supp lies, see the
“Env iron mental Monitoring and Power Management” chapter of the Cata lyst 4500 Series Switch Cisco
IOS Software Configura tion Guide.

Power Redundancy
All Catalyst 4500 E-switches offer 1+1 power red undancy, so th at in the event of a power in terrup tion
the switch can s till op erate using power fro m anoth er circuit. The power supp lies can also ru n in a
co mbined mo de so that chassis can have power from both supp lies at on ce. Use the power
redundancy-mode comman d to configure combined mode. Redundant mode is th e default.
Catalyst 4500 E-switches supp ort power su pply redun dancy only b etween power sup plies of equ al
wattage an d type. A mix of p ower supplies is not suppo rted. The seco nd power sup ply recognized is
placed into errd isab le mode.
A more detailed discussion of power redu ndancy is in the “Environmental Mo nitorin g and Power
Man ag ement” chapter of the software configuration gu ide. Refer to the appropriate guide for y our
software release.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 A-51
Ap pendix A Power Sup ply Specifications
Power Redundancy

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


A-52 OL-13972-02
A P P E N D I X B
Repacking a Switch

This appendix describes how to return your Cataly st 4 500 E-series switch to the facto ry and how to
repack yo ur switch in prep aration for sh ipping. Table B-1 lists th e pack ag ing dimen sions an d weights
for the Cataly st 45 00 E-series chassis.

Table B-1 Chassis Packaging Dimensions and Weights

Ch assis Pa ckaging Dimensions (L x W x D) We ig ht


(Appro ximate)
Catalyst 4503 -E 23.25 x 21.00 x 19.75 in. (59 .05 x 21 .2 5 x 5 0.1 6 cm) 75 lb (34 .0 2 k g)
Catalyst 4506 -E 26.50 x 23.50 x 19.75 in. (67 .31 x 59 .6 9 x 5 0.1 6 cm) 110 lb (4 9.89 kg)
Catalyst 4507 R-E 28.25 x 23.50 x 19.75 in. (71 .76 x 59 .6 9 x 5 0.1 6 cm) 108 lb (4 8.99 kg)
Catalyst 4510 R-E 33.00 x 24.38 x 24.25 in. (83 .82 x 61 .9 2 x 6 1.6 0 cm) 161 lb (7 3.03 kg)
Catalyst 4507 R+E 28.25 x 23.50 x 19.75 in. (71 .76 x 59 .6 9 x 5 0.1 6 cm) 108 lb (4 8.99 kg)
Catalyst 4510 R+E 33.00 x 24.38 x 24.25 in. (83 .82 x 61 .9 2 x 6 1.6 0 cm) 161 lb (7 3.03 kg)

Tip Fo r addition al in formatio n about th e Catalyst 4 500 E-series s witches (includin g configu ration examples
an d troub lesho oting information), see the documents listed on this page:

http://preview.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps432 4/tsd_produ cts_s upport_series_ho me.html

To rep ack the switch usin g the original p ackaging material, follow th ese step s:

Step 1 Slid e the pieces o f the p acking foam over the Catalyst 4500 E-series switch. (See Figure B-1.)
Step 2 Place the accesso ry kit in the bo x o r poly bag provided.
Step 3 Place the switch (with p acking foam pieces) into the packing carton.
Step 4 Fo ld in the top flaps of th e pack ing carto n and seal with packing tape.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 B-1
Appendix B Repack ing a Switch

Figure B-1 Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switch Packing Material

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


B-2 OL-13972-02
A P P E N D I X C
Initial Configuration for the Switch

Revis ed: October 25, 2 011

This appendix provides an initial s etup proced ure for a switch and co ntain s th e fo llowing topics:
• Connectin g to th e Switch, page C-2
• Starting the Terminal-Emulatio n Software, p age C-2
• Connectin g to a Power So urce, page C-2
• Enterin g th e Initial Configuration Info rmation, p ag e C-3

Tip Fo r addition al in formatio n about th e Catalyst 4 500 E-series s witches (includin g configu ration examples
an d troub lesho oting information), see the documents listed on this page:

http://preview.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps432 4/tsd_produ cts_s upport_series_ho me.html

Note You need to p rovid e the Categ ory 5 straigh t-through cables to connect the switch ports to o ther
Ethern et dev ices.

Note If you move a superviso r engine fro m a Catalyst 4500 series chass is to a Catalyst 4503-E chass is or
Catalyst 450 6-E ch assis, it must use Cisco IOS Release 12.2(3 7)SG or later releases. See the release note
for software u pgrade pro cedures if n eeded:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/d ocs/s witches/lan/catalyst4500/release/no te/OL_51 84.html#wp 30514 2

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 C-1
Appen dix C Initial Configuration for the Switch
Connecting to the Switch

Connecting to the Switch


You mu st use the console p ort to perform the initial configu ration. To connect the switch con sole port to
a PC, use an RJ-4 5-to-DB-9 ad apter cab le.
To co nnect the PC or terminal to the switch, fo llow thes e steps:

Step 1 Using an RJ-45-to-DB-9 adapter cable, ins ert th e RJ-4 5 conn ector in to th e console port that is lo cated
o n th e front of th e supervisor engin e.
Step 2 Attach the DB-9 female DTE of th e adapter cable to a PC serial port, or attach an app rop riate adapter to
th e terminal.

Starting the Terminal-Emulation Software


Befo re y ou power on the switch, s tart th e terminal-emulation session so that yo u can see the ou tput
d isplay fro m the power-on self-test (POST).
The terminal-emulation software—frequently a PC app lication such as Hyperterminal or
Proco mmPlu s—mak es communicatio n b etween the switch and you r PC or terminal po ssible.
To start the terminal emu lation so ftware, follow these steps :

Step 1 Start the terminal-emu lation p rogram if you are u sing a PC o r terminal.
Step 2 Start a termin al-emu lation session.
Step 3 Con figure the baud rate and ch aracter fo rmat o f the PC or terminal to match these console port default
characteristics :
• 9 600 baud
• 8 data b its
• 1 sto p b it
• No parity
• None (flow con trol)

Connecting to a Power Source


To co nnect to a power source, follow these steps:

Step 1 If you are using an AC-inpu t power supply, connect one end of the su pplied AC power cord to the p ower
conn ector on th e switch, and then connect the other end of the power cable to a ground ed AC outlet.
Step 2 If you are using a DC-inpu t power sup ply, see the in structions on how to install th e DC p ower s upply in
Chapter 3, “Installing the Switch.”

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


C-2 OL-13972-02
Appendix C Initial Configuration for the Switch
Entering the Initial Configuration Information

As the switch powers on, it begins the POST, which is a series of tes ts that runs au tomatically to ensure
that the switch fun ction s p rop erly.
The POST lasts app rox imately 1 minute. After the POST is comp lete, th e system and status LEDs remain
green.
If th e switch fails POST, the sy stem LED turn s amber.

Note POST failures are u sually fatal. Call Cisco TAC if yo ur switch does not pass the POST.

If you started the terminal-emulation program before y ou powered on you r switch, th e PC o r terminal
displays the b ootloader seq uence. You need to press Enter to d isplay th e setup program pro mpt.

Entering the Initial Configuration Information


To set up th e switch, you need to assign an IP addres s and oth er config uration information necess ary for
the switch to communicate with the local routers and the Internet. Th e minimal configuration provided
here does n ot cover most of the featu res; it simp ly allows yo u to p erfo rm o ther config uration task s using
a Telnet connection from yo ur man agement netwo rk. To con figure other features and interfaces, see th e
Software Configuration Guide for yo ur release.

IP Settings
You will need this in formation from your n etwo rk administrator:
• Switch IP address
• Subnet mask (IP netmask)
• Default gateway (router)
• Enable secret pas sword
• Enable p assword
• Telnet p assword

Performing the Initial Configuration


To complete the initial config uration for the s witch, follow these steps:

Step 1 At the termin al prompt, enter the enable command to en ter p rivileg ed exec mode.
Switch> enable
Password: password
Switch#

Step 2 Set the sy stem time us ing the clock set comman d in p rivileg ed EXEC mode.
Switch# clock set 20:09:01 3 Apr 2006

Step 3 Verify the change by entering th e show clock co mmand .


Switch# show clock
20:09:06.079 UTC Thu Apr 3 2006

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 C-3
Appen dix C Initial Configuration for the Switch
Entering the Initial Configuration Information

Step 4 Enter the configure terminal co mmand to enter global co nfiguration mode.
Switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch (config)#

Step 5 Con figure the s ystem promp t an d hostn ame fo r the switch, and p ress Return. To remove the new prompt
and return the p rompt to its default, use the no hostname command.
Switch (config)# hostname Switch1

Step 6 Use th e banner motd glob al configuration command to set location information in the lo gin banner. You
can also set a system con tact u sing this co mmand .
Switch1(config)# banner motd c 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA c

or
Switch1 (config)# banner motd c 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA; Tech Support 408 123
4567 c

Step 7 Con figure an en able secret password, and press Return.


The password can b e from 1 to 25 alph anu meric characters, can start with a number, is cas e sensitive,
allows spaces, bu t ign ores leading spaces. The secret passwo rd is encry pted and the enable password is
in plain tex t.
Switch1 (config)# enable secret SecretPassword

Step 8 Con figure an en able password, and pres s Return.


Switch1 (config)# enable password EnablePassword

Step 9 Con figure a virtual terminal (Telnet) passwo rd, an d p ress Return.
The password can b e from 1 to 25 alphanumeric characters, is case sensitive, allows spaces, but igno res
leading spaces.
Switch1 (config)# password terminal-password
Switch1 (config)# line vty 0 15

Step 10 Con figure the interface that con nects to the management network. (The IP ad dress an d subnet mask
sh own are for example on ly. Use an ad dress appro priate for yo ur network.)
Switch1 (config)# ip routing
Switch1 (config)# interface gigabitethernet 3/24
Switch1 (config-if)# no switchport
Switch1 (config-if)# no shutdown
Switch1 (config-if)# ip address 10.4.120.106 255.0.0.0
Switch1 (config-if)# exit

Step 11 Exit from g lobal configuration mod e:


Switch (config)# exit
Switch #

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


C-4 OL-13972-02
Appendix C Initial Configuration for the Switch
Entering the Initial Configuration Information

Step 12 View the con figuratio n th at you have jus t created and confirm th at it is what y ou want.
Switch1# show run
!
hostname Switch1
!
banner motd ^C
170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA ^C
!

!--- Output suppressed.

Step 13 Config ure a default rou te.


Switch1(config)#ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.1

Step 14 Verify the IP information by usin g th e show ip interface brief and show ip route commands.
Switch1# show ip interface brief

Interface IP-Address OK? Method Status Protocol


Vlan1 10.4.220.206 YES manual up up
FastEthernet1 unassigned YES unset up up

!--- Output suppressed.


Switch1# show ip route
Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP
D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area
N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP
i - IS-IS, L1 - ISIS level-1, L2 - ISIS level-2, ia - ISIS inter area
* - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR
P - periodic downloaded static route

Gateway of last resort is 172.16.1.1 to network 0.0.0.0

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets


C 172.16.1.0 is directly connected, Vlan1
S* 0.0.0.0/0 [1/0] via 172.16.1.1
Switch1#

Step 15 Save th e ru nning config uration:


Switch1# copy system:running-config nvram:startup-config

You have now completed the initial con figuratio n o f the switch , so you can now co nfigu re o ther
interfaces an d features over a n etwo rk co nnection with out having to directly co nnect to the conso le port
of the superv isor engine.

To use the CLI to perfo rm ad ditional con figuratio n o r manag ement task s, enter co mmand s at the
Switch> prompt through the conso le port by us ing a terminal program or th rou gh the network by u sing
Telnet. For configuration information , see the switch software config uration guid e or th e switch
co mmand reference.

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 C-5
Appen dix C Initial Configuration for the Switch
Entering the Initial Configuration Information

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installation Guide


C-6 OL-13972-02
IN DEX

remote power cycling feature A-49


Numerics
specification s (table) A-43
10 /100BASE-T
po rt LEDs 5-8
A
10 00BASE-X
po rt an d s tatus LEDs (figure) 5-8 AC-input power co rds
10 00 W power supplies 100 0 W power s upply A-4
AC power cords A- 4 130 0 W power s upply A-8
13 00 W power supplies 140 0 W power s upply A-13
AC power cords A- 8 280 0 W power s upply A-27
14 00 W power supplies 420 0 W power s upply A-32
AC power cords A- 13 600 0 W power s upply A-38
28 00 W AC-input power supply LEDs A-2 6 AC-input power supplies
28 00 W power supplies environmental monito ring A- 51
AC power cords A- 27 figure 4 -3
42 00 W AC-input power supplies handling (figu re) 4-6
features A-2 8 installing 4-7
42 00 W AC-input power supply LEDs A-3 1 removing 4-5
42 00 W power supplies replacing 4- 7
AC power cords A- 32 source circuit requirements 2-12
60 00 W AC-input power supplies tro ubleshootin g 5-4
features A-3 5 verifying operation 4-8
remote power cycling feature A-40 See also DC-inpu t p ower sup plies
remote power cycling terminal block A-40 airflow
60 00 W power supplies Catalyst 450 3-E switch es (table) 1-5
AC power cords A- 38 Catalyst 450 6-E switch es (table) 1-9
90 00W AC-inpu t p ower supp lies Catalyst 450 7R+E switches (tab le) 1-21
AC po wer co rds sup ported A-4 7 Catalyst 450 7R-E switch es (table) 1-13
combined mode operation A-46 Catalyst 451 0R+E switches (tab le) 1-25
features (figure) A-42 Catalyst 451 0R-E switch es (table) 1-17
LED meanin gs A-45
platfo rms supp orted A-42
red undant mode p ower outp ut A-46

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 IN-1
Index

Catalyst 4510 R+E switch es


B
ch assis dimension s 1-25
boot process fan trays 1-24
trou bles hooting 5-2 power su pplies 1-24
branch circuit requirements 2 -12 superv is or engines 1- 23
Catalyst 4510 R-E switches
ch assis dimension s 1-17
C
description 1-14
cabling fan trays 1-16
requirements and guidelines 2-1 4 front view 1 -14
Catalyst 4503 -E switches power su pplies 1-16
ch assis dimension s 1-5 superv is or engines 1- 15
fan trays 1-4 category 5 e static electricity caution 2-6, 2 -9, 2-14
front view 1-2 category 6 a static electricity caution 2-6, 2 -9, 2-14
power s upplies 1-4 category 6 static electricity cau tion 2- 6, 2-9, 2-14
repack ing B-1 ch assis dimension s
superv isor engines 1 -3 See Cataly st 4 503-E switches; Catalyst 4506-E
Catalyst 4506 -E switches switches;

attaching cable guides (figure) See Cataly st 4 506-E switches; Catalyst 4506-E
3-7
switches;
ch assis dimension s 1-9
See Cataly st 4 507R+E switches; Catalyst 4507 R+E
fan trays 1-7 switches;
front view 1-6 See Cataly st 4 507R-E switches; Cataly st 4 507R-E
installing in rack s (fig ure) 3-6 switches;
power s upplies 1-8 See Cataly st 4 510R+E switches; Catalyst 4510 R+E
switches;
repack ing B-1
See Cataly st 4 510R-E switches; Cataly st 4 510R-E
superv isor engines 1 -7 switches;
Catalyst 4507 R+E switch es co mp onents
ch assis dimension s 1-21 trou blesh ooting 5-4 to 5 -19
fan trays 1-20 co nnecting
power s upplies 1-20 system g roun d 3-7 to 3-9
superv isor engines 1 -19 terminals 3-10
Catalyst 4507 R-E switches to con sole po rt C-2
ch assis dimension s 1-13 uplink po rts 3-11
description 1-10 co nsole po rt
fan trays 1-12 co nnecting to C-2
front view 1-10 co nventions
power s upplies 1-12 warnin gs - ix
superv isor engines 1 -11

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installa tion Guide


IN-2 OL-13972-02
Index

D F
DC-inpu t po wer supp lies FAIL LEDs
connecting system g roun d 3-8 checkin g 4-8
environmental mon itoring A-51 verifying power supply s tatus 4-14
figure A-15, A-18 fan assemblies
handlin g (fig ure) 4-12 boo ting 5 -2
installing 4-12 installing 4-15
removing 4 -8 remov ing 4- 14
rep lacing 4-12 troubleshootin g 5-6
See als o AC-inp ut power sup plies verifying installation 4 -16
troubleshoo tin g 5-4 FAN OK LED
verifying op eratio n 4-1 4 checkin g 4-8
dimension s ferrite bead A-41 , A-50
Catalys t 45 03-E switches (tab le) 1-5 field-replaceable u nits
Catalys t 45 06-E switches (tab le) 1-9 See FRUs
Catalys t 45 07R+E switches (table) 1-2 1 Flas h code
Catalys t 45 07R-E switch es (table) 1-13 troubleshootin g 5-3
Catalys t 45 10R+E switches (table) 1-2 5 FRUs
Catalys t 45 10R-E switch es (table) 1-17 AC-input po wer supplies 4-5 to 4-8
disconn ecting DC-input po wer supplies 4-8 to 4-14
ground conn ections (warning ) 4-10 fan assemblies 4-14 to 4-16
do cumentation
convention s -viii
G

GOOD LEDs
E
checkin g 4-8
environmental mon itoring troubleshootin g 5-4
po wer supp lies A-51 verifying power supply s tatus 4-14
ESD ground ing
gu idelin es 2-10 connecting systems 3-8
preven ting 2-1 0 ground ing. See system gro und
Eth ernet management ports ground wire
LEDs 5-3 figure 4-10, 4-11
troubleshoo tin g 5-3

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 IN-3
Index

H O
help OUTPUT FAIL LED
See TAC en viron mental monitoring A-51
hot swappin g
fan as semblies 4-14
humidity
P
Catalyst 4503 -E switch specificatio ns (table) 1 -5 packaging materials B-1
Catalyst 4506 -E switch specificatio ns (table) 1 -9 port status LEDs 5 -9
Catalyst 4507 R+E switch sp ecifications (table) 1-21 POST
Catalyst 4507 R-E switch specification s (table) 1- 13 LEDs C-3
Catalyst 4510 R+E switch sp ecifications (table) 1-25 power cords
See AC-input power cords
power requirements
I
branch circuit requirements 2- 12
installation site prep aratio n 2-12
co nnecting to a power sou rce C-2 UPS selection 2-12
starting the terminal-emulatio n s oftware C-2 power su pplies
installing Catalyst 4503 -E switches 1 -4
AC-input power s upplies 4-5 to 4-8 Catalyst 4506 -E switches 1 -8
DC-input power s upplies 4-8 to 4-14 Catalyst 4507 R+E switch es 1-20
fan as semblies 4-14 to 4-16 Catalyst 4507 R-E switches 1- 12
installing switches in racks 3-4 to ?? Catalyst 4510 R+E switch es 1-24
Catalyst 4510 R-E switches 1- 16
DC power cable lead s color cod ing 2- 13
L
LEDs 5-3
LEDs
ch ecking po wer supplies 5-3
R
ch ecking sup ervisor engin es 5-2
POST results C-3 rack-mounting
See also specific ty pes of LEDs switches 3-5
LINK LEDs (table) 5-8 rack-mount kits
guidelines 3-2
Redu ndancy mo dules 4-16, 5-7
M
remote p ower cyclin g feature
Mux buffers 4-16, 5-7 co mp onents (figure) A-40, A-49
ferrite bead A-41, A-50
operation A-41, A-50
overview A- 40, A- 49

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installa tion Guide


IN-4 OL-13972-02
Index

switch settings and operation A-41 , A-50


T
removing
AC-inpu t po wer supp lies 4-5 TAC
DC-inpu t po wer supp lies 4-8 contactin g 5-18
rep acking switches B-1 temperature
rep lacing Catalyst 45 03-E s witches 1-5
AC-inpu t po wer supp lies 4-7 to 4-8 Catalyst 45 06-E s witches 1-9
DC-inpu t po wer supp lies 4-12 to 4-1 4 Catalyst 45 07R+E switches 1-21
Catalyst 45 07R-E switch es 1-13
Catalyst 45 10R+E switches 1-25
S Catalyst 45 10R-E switch es 1-17

selecting a UPS 2-12 terminal-emulation software C -2

ship ping instructio ns B-1 troubleshootin g 5-4


sho w system command 4-8 boo t p rocess 5-2

sign aling and pino uts fan assemblies 5-6

terminal setu p 3-1 0 power supplies 5-4

site requirements startup 5-3

altitude 2-5
corrosio n 2-5
U
du st and contaminatio n 2-5
EM I 2 -5 uplin k ports
hu mid ity 2-4 connecting 3- 11
po wer interruptions 2-6
sho ck and vibratio n 2-6
V
startu p
troubleshoo tin g 5-3 voltage
sup ervisor eng in es specificatio ns, DC-inpu t po wer supp ly A-18
up link ports 3-11
sys tem ground
accessory k it
W
3-8
connecting 3 -8 weight
ground ing lug 3-8 Catalyst 45 03-E s witches (tab le) 1-5
gu idelin es 2-8 Catalyst 45 06-E s witches (tab le) 1-9
too ls req uired 3-8 Catalyst 45 07R+E switches (tab le) 1-21
Catalyst 45 07R-E switch es (table) 1-13
Catalyst 45 10R+E switches (tab le) 1-25
Catalyst 45 10R-E switch es (table) 1-17

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches In stallatio n Guide


OL-13972-02 IN-5
Index

Catalyst 4500 E-Series Switches Installa tion Guide


IN-6 OL-13972-02

You might also like